wxPython/src/msw/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 198 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 199 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 200 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 201 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 202 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 203 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 204 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 205 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 206 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 207 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 208 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 209 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 210 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 211 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 212 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 213 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 214 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 215 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 216 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 217 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 218 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 219 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 220 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 221 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 222 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 223 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 224 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 225 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 226 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 227 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 228 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 229 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 230 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 231 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 232 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 233 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 234 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 235 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 236 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 237 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 238 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 239 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 240 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 241 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 242 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 243 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 244 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 245 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 246 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 247 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 248 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 249 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 250 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 251 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 252 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 253 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 254 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 255 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 256 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 257 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 258 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 259 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 260 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 261 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 262 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 263 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 264 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 265 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 266 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 267 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 268 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 269 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 270 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 271 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 272 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 273 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 274 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 275 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
 276 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
 277 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
 278 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
 279 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 280 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 281 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 282 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 283 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 284 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 285 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 286 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 287 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 288 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 289 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 290 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 291 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 292 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 293 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 294 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 295 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 296 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 297 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 298 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 299 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 300 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 301 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 302 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 303 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 304 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 305 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 306 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 307 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 308 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 309 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 310 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 311 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 312 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 313 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 314 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 315 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 316 UP = _core_.UP
 317 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 318 TOP = _core_.TOP
 319 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 320 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 321 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 322 WEST = _core_.WEST
 323 EAST = _core_.EAST
 324 ALL = _core_.ALL
 325 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 326 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 327 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 328 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 329 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 330 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 331 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 332 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 333 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 334 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 335 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 336 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 337 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 338 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 339 GROW = _core_.GROW
 340 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 341 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 342 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 343 TILE = _core_.TILE
 344 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 345 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 346 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 347 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 348 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 349 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 350 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 351 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 352 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 353 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 354 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 355 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 356 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 357 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 358 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 359 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 360 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 361 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 362 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 363 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 364 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 365 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 366 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 367 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 368 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 369 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 370 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 371 DOT = _core_.DOT
 372 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 373 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 374 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 375 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 376 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 377 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 378 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 379 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 380 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 381 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 382 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 383 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 384 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 385 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 386 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 387 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 388 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 389 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 390 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 391 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 392 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 393 XOR = _core_.XOR
 394 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 395 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 396 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 397 COPY = _core_.COPY
 398 AND = _core_.AND
 399 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 400 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 401 NOR = _core_.NOR
 402 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 403 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 404 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 405 NAND = _core_.NAND
 406 OR = _core_.OR
 407 SET = _core_.SET
 408 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 409 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 410 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 411 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 412 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 413 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 414 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 415 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 416 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 417 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 418 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 419 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 420 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 421 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 422 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 423 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 424 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 425 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 426 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 427 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 428 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 429 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 430 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 431 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 432 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 433 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 434 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 435 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 436 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 437 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 438 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 439 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 440 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 441 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 442 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 443 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 444 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 445 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 446 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 447 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 448 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 449 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 450 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 451 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 452 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 453 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 454 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 455 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 456 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 457 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 458 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 459 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 460 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 461 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 462 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 463 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 464 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 465 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 466 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 467 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 468 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 469 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 470 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 471 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 472 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 473 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 474 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 475 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 476 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 477 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 478 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 479 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 480 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 481 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 482 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 483 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 510 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 511 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 512 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 513 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 514 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 515 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 516 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 517 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 518 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 519 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 520 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 521 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 522 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 523 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 524 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 525 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 526 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 527 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 528 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 529 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 530 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 531 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 532 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 533 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 534 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 535 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 536 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 537 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 538 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 539 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 540 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 541 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 542 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 543 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 544 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 545 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 546 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 547 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 548 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 549 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 550 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 551 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 552 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 553 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 554 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 555 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 556 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 557 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 558 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 559 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 560 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 561 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 562 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 563 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 564 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 565 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 566 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 567 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 568 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 569 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 570 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 571 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 572 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 573 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 574 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 575 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 576 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 577 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 578 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 579 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 580 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 581 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 582 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 583 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 584 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 585 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 586 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 587 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 589 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 590 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 591 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 592 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 593 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 594 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 596 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 597 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 598 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 599 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 600 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 601 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 602 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 603 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 604 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 605 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 606 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 607 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 608 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 615 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 621 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 622 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 623 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 624 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 625 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 626 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 627 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 628 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 629 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 630 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 631 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 632 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 633 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 634 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 635 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 636 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 637 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 638 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 639 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 645 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 646 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 647 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 648 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 651 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 652 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 653 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 654 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 655 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 656 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 657 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 658 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 659 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 660 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 663 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 664 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 665 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 666 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 667 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 668 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 669 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 670 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 671 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 672 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 673 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 674 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 675 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 676 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 677 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 678 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 679 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 680 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 681 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 682 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 683 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 684 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 685 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 686 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 687 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 688 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 689
 690 class Object(object):
 691     """
 692     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 693     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 694     """
 695     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 696     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 697     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 698     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 699         """
 700         GetClassName(self) -> String
 701
 702         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 703         """
 704         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 705
 706     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 707         """
 708         Destroy(self)
 709
 710         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 711         """
 712         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 713         args[0].thisown = 0
 714         return val
 715
 716 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 717 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 718 cvar = _core_.cvar
 719 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 720
 721 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 722
 723 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 724 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 743 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 744 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 745 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 746 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 747 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 748 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 749 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 750 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 751 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 752 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 753 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 754 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 755 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 756 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 757 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 758 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 759 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 760 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 761 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 762 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 763 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 764 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 765 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 766 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 767 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 768 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 769 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 770 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 771 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 772 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 773 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 774 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 775
 776 class Size(object):
 777     """
 778     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 779     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 780     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 781     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 782     """
 783     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 784     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 785     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 786     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 787     x = width; y = height
 788     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 789         """
 790         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 791
 792         Creates a size object.
 793         """
 794         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 795     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 796     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 797     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 798         """
 799         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 800
 801         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 802         """
 803         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 804
 805     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 806         """
 807         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 808
 809         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 810         """
 811         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 812
 813     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 814         """
 815         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 816
 817         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 818         """
 819         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 820
 821     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 822         """
 823         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 824
 825         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 826         """
 827         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 828
 829     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 830         """
 831         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 832
 833         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 834         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 835         """
 836         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 837
 838     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 839         """
 840         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 841
 842         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 843         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 844         """
 845         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 846
 847     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 848         """
 849         Set(self, int w, int h)
 850
 851         Set both width and height.
 852         """
 853         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 854
 855     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 856         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 857         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 858
 859     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 860         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 861         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 862
 863     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 864         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 865         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 866
 867     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 868         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 869         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 870
 871     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 872         """
 873         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 874
 875         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 876         """
 877         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 878
 879     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 880         """
 881         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 882
 883         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 884         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 885         """
 886         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 887
 888     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 889         """
 890         Get() -> (width,height)
 891
 892         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 893         """
 894         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 895
 896     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 897     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 898     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 899     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 900     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 901     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 902         if index == 0: self.width = val
 903         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 904         else: raise IndexError
 905     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 906     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 907     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 908
 909 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 910
 911 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 912
 913 class RealPoint(object):
 914     """
 915     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 916     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 917     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 918     """
 919     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 920     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 921     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 922     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 923     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 924         """
 925         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 926
 927         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 928         """
 929         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 930     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 931     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 932     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 933         """
 934         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 935
 936         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 937         """
 938         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 939
 940     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 941         """
 942         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 943
 944         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 945         """
 946         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 947
 948     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 949         """
 950         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 951
 952         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 953         """
 954         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 955
 956     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 957         """
 958         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 959
 960         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 961         """
 962         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 963
 964     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 965         """
 966         Set(self, double x, double y)
 967
 968         Set both the x and y properties
 969         """
 970         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 971
 972     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 973         """
 974         Get() -> (x,y)
 975
 976         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 977         """
 978         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 979
 980     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 981     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 982     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 983     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 984     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 985     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 986         if index == 0: self.x = val
 987         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 988         else: raise IndexError
 989     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
 990     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 991     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
 992
 993 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
 994
 995 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 996
 997 class Point(object):
 998     """
 999     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1000     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1001     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1002     """
1003     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1004     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1005     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1006     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1007     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1008         """
1009         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1010
1011         Create a wx.Point object
1012         """
1013         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1014     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1015     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1016     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1017         """
1018         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1019
1020         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1021         """
1022         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1023
1024     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1025         """
1026         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1027
1028         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1029         """
1030         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1031
1032     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1033         """
1034         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1035
1036         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1037         """
1038         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1039
1040     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1041         """
1042         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1043
1044         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1045         """
1046         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1047
1048     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1049         """
1050         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1051
1052         Add pt to this object.
1053         """
1054         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1055
1056     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1057         """
1058         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1059
1060         Subtract pt from this object.
1061         """
1062         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1063
1064     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1065         """
1066         Set(self, long x, long y)
1067
1068         Set both the x and y properties
1069         """
1070         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1071
1072     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1073         """
1074         Get() -> (x,y)
1075
1076         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1077         """
1078         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1079
1080     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1081     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1082     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1083     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1084     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1085     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1086         if index == 0: self.x = val
1087         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1088         else: raise IndexError
1089     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1090     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1091     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1092
1093 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1094
1095 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1096
1097 class Rect(object):
1098     """
1099     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1100     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1101     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1102     """
1103     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1104     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1105     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1106         """
1107         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1108
1109         Create a new Rect object.
1110         """
1111         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1112     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1113     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1114     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1115         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1116         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1117
1118     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1119         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1120         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1121
1122     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1123         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1124         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1125
1126     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1127         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1128         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1129
1130     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1131         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1132         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1133
1134     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1135         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1136         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1137
1138     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1139         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1140         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1141
1142     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1143         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1144         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1145
1146     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1147         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1148         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1149
1150     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1151         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1152         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1153
1154     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1155         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1156         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1157
1158     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1159         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1160         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1161
1162     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1163         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1164         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1165
1166     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1167         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1168         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1169
1170     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1171         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1172         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1173
1174     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1175         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1176         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1177
1178     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1179         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1180         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1181
1182     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1183         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1184         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1185
1186     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1187         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1188         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1189
1190     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1191         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1192         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1193
1194     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1195         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1196         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1197
1198     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1199         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1200         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1201
1202     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1203         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1204         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1205
1206     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1207         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1208         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1209
1210     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1211         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1212         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1213
1214     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1215     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1216     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1217     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1218     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1219     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1220
1221     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1222         """
1223         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1224
1225         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1226
1227         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1228         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1229         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1230         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1231         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1232         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1233         direction.
1234
1235         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1236         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1237         first::
1238
1239             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1240             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1241
1242
1243         """
1244         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1245
1246     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1247         """
1248         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1249
1250         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1251         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1252         `Inflate` for a full description.
1253         """
1254         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1255
1256     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1257         """
1258         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1259
1260         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1261         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1262         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1263         """
1264         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1265
1266     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1267         """
1268         Offset(self, Point pt)
1269
1270         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1271         """
1272         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1273
1274     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1275         """
1276         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1277
1278         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1279         """
1280         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1281
1282     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1283         """
1284         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1285
1286         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1287         """
1288         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1289
1290     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1291         """
1292         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1293
1294         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1295         """
1296         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1297
1298     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1299         """
1300         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1301
1302         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1303         """
1304         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1305
1306     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1307         """
1308         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1309
1310         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1311         """
1312         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1313
1314     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1315         """
1316         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1317
1318         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1319         """
1320         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1321
1322     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1323         """
1324         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1325
1326         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1327         """
1328         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1329
1330     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1331         """
1332         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1333
1334         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1335         """
1336         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1337
1338     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1339         """
1340         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1341
1342         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1343         """
1344         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1345
1346     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1347         """
1348         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1349
1350         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1351         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1352         """
1353         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1354
1355     CentreIn = CenterIn
1356     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1357     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1358     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1359     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1360     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1361         """
1362         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1363
1364         Set all rectangle properties.
1365         """
1366         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1367
1368     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1369         """
1370         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1371
1372         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1373         """
1374         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1375
1376     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1377     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1378     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1379     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1380     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1381     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1382         if index == 0: self.x = val
1383         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1384         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1385         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1386         else: raise IndexError
1387     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1388     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1389     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1390
1391 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1392
1393 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1394     """
1395     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1396
1397     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1398     """
1399     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1400     return val
1401
1402 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1403     """
1404     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1405
1406     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1407     """
1408     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1409     return val
1410
1411 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1412     """
1413     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1414
1415     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1416     """
1417     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1418     return val
1419
1420
1421 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1422   """
1423     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1424
1425     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1426     """
1427   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1428 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1429
1430 class Point2D(object):
1431     """
1432     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1433     with floating point values.
1434     """
1435     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1436     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1437     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1438         """
1439         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1440
1441         Create a w.Point2D object.
1442         """
1443         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1444     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1445         """
1446         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1447
1448         Convert to integer
1449         """
1450         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1451
1452     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1453         """
1454         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1455
1456         Convert to integer
1457         """
1458         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1459
1460     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1461         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1462         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1463
1464     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1465         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1466         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1467
1468     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1469         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1470         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1471
1472     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1473         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1474         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1475
1476     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1477         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1478         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1479     def Normalize(self):
1480         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1481
1482     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1483         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1484         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1485
1486     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1487         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1488         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1489
1490     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1491         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1492         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1493
1494     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1495         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1496         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1497
1498     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1499         """
1500         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1501
1502         the reflection of this point
1503         """
1504         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1505
1506     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1507         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1508         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1509
1510     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1511         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1512         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1513
1514     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1515         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1516         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1517
1518     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1519         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1520         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1521
1522     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1523         """
1524         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1525
1526         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1527         """
1528         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1529
1530     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1531         """
1532         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1533
1534         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1535         """
1536         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1537
1538     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1539     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1540     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1541         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1542         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1543
1544     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1545         """
1546         Get() -> (x,y)
1547
1548         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1549         """
1550         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1551
1552     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1553     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1554     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1555     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1556     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1557     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1558         if index == 0: self.x = val
1559         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1560         else: raise IndexError
1561     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1562     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1563     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1564
1565 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1566
1567 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1568     """
1569     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1570
1571     Create a w.Point2D object.
1572     """
1573     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1574     return val
1575
1576 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1577     """
1578     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1579
1580     Create a w.Point2D object.
1581     """
1582     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1583     return val
1584
1585 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1586
1587 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1588 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1589 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1590 class InputStream(object):
1591     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1592     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1593     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1594     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1595         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1596         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1597     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1598     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1599     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1600         """close(self)"""
1601         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1602
1603     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1604         """flush(self)"""
1605         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1606
1607     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1608         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1609         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1610
1611     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1612         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1613         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1614
1615     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1616         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1617         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1618
1619     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1620         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1621         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1622
1623     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1624         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1625         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1626
1627     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1628         """tell(self) -> int"""
1629         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1630
1631     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1632         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1633         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1634
1635     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1636         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1637         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1638
1639     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1640         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1641         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1642
1643     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1644         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1645         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1646
1647     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1648         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1649         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1650
1651     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1652         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1653         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1654
1655     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1656         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1657         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1658
1659     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1660         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1661         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1662
1663 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1664 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1665 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1666
1667 class OutputStream(object):
1668     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1669     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1670     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1671     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1672     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1673         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1674         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1675
1676     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1677         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1678         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1679
1680 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1681
1682 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1683
1684 class FSFile(Object):
1685     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1686     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1687     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1688     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1689         """
1690         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1691             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1692         """
1693         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1694         self.thisown = 0   # It will normally be deleted by the user of the wx.FileSystem
1695
1696     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1697     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1698     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1699         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1700         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1701
1702     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1703         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1704         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1705
1706     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1707         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1708         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1709
1710     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1711         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1712         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1713
1714     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1715         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1716         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1717
1718 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1719
1720 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1721     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1722     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1723     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1724     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1725     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1726     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1727 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1728
1729 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1730     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1731     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1732     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1733     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1734         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1735         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1736         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1737
1738     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1739         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1740         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1741
1742     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1743         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1744         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1745
1746     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1747         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1748         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1749
1750     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1751         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1752         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1753
1754     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1755         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1756         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1757
1758     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1759         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1760         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1761
1762     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1763         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1764         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1765
1766     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1767         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1768         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1769
1770     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1771         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1772         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1773
1774     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1775         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1776         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1777
1778 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1779
1780 class FileSystem(Object):
1781     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1782     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1783     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1784     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1785         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1786         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1787     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1788     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1789     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1790         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1791         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1792
1793     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1794         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1795         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1796
1797     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1798         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1799         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1800
1801     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1802         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1803         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1804
1805     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1806         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1807         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1808
1809     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1810         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1811         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1812
1813     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1814     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1815         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1816         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1817
1818     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1819     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1820         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1821         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1822
1823     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1824     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1825         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1826         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1827
1828     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1829 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1830
1831 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1832   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1833   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1834
1835 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1836   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1837   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1838
1839 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1840   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1841   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1842
1843 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1844   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1845   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1846
1847 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1848     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1849     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1850     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1851     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1852         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1853         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1854     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1855         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1856         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1857
1858     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1859         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1860         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1861
1862 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1863
1864 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1865     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1866     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1867     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1868     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1869         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1870         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1871     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1872         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1873         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1874
1875     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1876         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1877         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1878
1879     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1880         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1881         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1882
1883     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1884         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1885         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1886
1887 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1888
1889
1890 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1891   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1892   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1893
1894 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1895   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1896   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1897
1898 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1899   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1900   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1901 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1902     """
1903     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1904     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1905     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1906     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1907     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1908     """
1909     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1910         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1911     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1912         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1913     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1914         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1915     else:
1916         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1917
1918 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1919     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1920     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1921     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1922     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1923         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1924         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1925     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1926         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1927         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1928
1929     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1930     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1931     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1932         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1933         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1934
1935     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1936         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1937         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1938
1939     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1940         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1941         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1942
1943     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1944         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1945         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1946
1947 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1948
1949 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1950   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1951   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1952
1953 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1954 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1955 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1956 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1957
1958 class ImageHandler(Object):
1959     """
1960     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1961     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1962     normally seen by the application.
1963     """
1964     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1965     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1966     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1967     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1968         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1969         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1970
1971     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1972         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1973         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1974
1975     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
1976         """GetType(self) -> long"""
1977         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
1978
1979     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1980         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1981         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1982
1983     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1984         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
1985         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1986
1987     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
1988         """SetName(self, String name)"""
1989         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
1990
1991     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1992         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
1993         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1994
1995     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
1996         """SetType(self, long type)"""
1997         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
1998
1999     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2000         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2001         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2002
2003 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2004
2005 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2006     """
2007     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2008     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2009     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2010     the following methods::
2011
2012         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2013             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2014
2015         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2016             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2017
2018         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2019             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2020                this handler's image file format.'''
2021
2022         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2023             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2024                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2025
2026     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2027     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2028     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2029
2030     """
2031     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2032     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2033     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2034         """
2035         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2036
2037         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2038         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2039         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2040         the following methods::
2041
2042             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2043                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2044
2045             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2046                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2047
2048             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2049                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2050                    this handler's image file format.'''
2051
2052             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2053                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2054                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2055
2056         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2057         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2058         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2059
2060         """
2061         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2062         self._SetSelf(self)
2063
2064     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2065         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2066         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2067
2068 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2069
2070 class ImageHistogram(object):
2071     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2072     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2073     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2074     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2075         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2076         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2077     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2078         """
2079         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2080
2081         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2082         """
2083         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2084
2085     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2086     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2087         """
2088         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2089
2090         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2091         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2092         success flag and rgb values.
2093         """
2094         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2095
2096     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2097         """
2098         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2099
2100         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2101         key value from a RGB tripple.
2102         """
2103         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2104
2105     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2106         """
2107         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2108
2109         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2110         """
2111         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2112
2113     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2114         """
2115         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2116
2117         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2118         """
2119         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2120
2121 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2122
2123 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2124   """
2125     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2126
2127     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2128     """
2129   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2130
2131 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2132     """
2133     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2134     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2135     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2136     color space.
2137     """
2138     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2139     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2140     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2141         """
2142         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2143
2144         Constructor.
2145         """
2146         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2147     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2148     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2149     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2150 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2151
2152 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2153     """
2154     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2155     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2156     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2157     color space.
2158     """
2159     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2160     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2161     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2162         """
2163         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2164
2165         Constructor.
2166         """
2167         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2168     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2169     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2170     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2171 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2172
2173 class Image(Object):
2174     """
2175     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2176     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2177     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2178     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2179
2180     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2181     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2182     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2183     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2184
2185     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2186     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2187     bitmap object.
2188
2189     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2190     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2191     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2192     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2193     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2194
2195     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2196     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2197     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2198     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2199     """
2200     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2201     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2202     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2203         """
2204         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2205
2206         Loads an image from a file.
2207         """
2208         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2209     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2210     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2211     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2212         """
2213         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2214
2215         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2216         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2217         """
2218         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2219
2220     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2221         """
2222         Destroy(self)
2223
2224         Destroys the image data.
2225         """
2226         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2227         args[0].thisown = 0
2228         return val
2229
2230     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2231         """
2232         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2233
2234         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2235         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2236         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2237         """
2238         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2239
2240     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2241         """
2242         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2243
2244         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2245         """
2246         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2247
2248     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2249         """
2250         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2251
2252         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2253         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2254
2255         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2256         """
2257         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2258
2259     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2260         """
2261         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2262
2263         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2264         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2265         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2266         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2267         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2268         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2269         newly exposed areas.
2270
2271         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2272         """
2273         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2274
2275     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2276         """
2277         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2278
2279         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2280         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2281         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2282         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2283         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2284         """
2285         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2286
2287     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2288         """
2289         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2290
2291         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2292         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2293         safe way to manipulate the data.
2294         """
2295         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2296
2297     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2298         """
2299         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2300
2301         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2302         """
2303         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2304
2305     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2306         """
2307         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2308
2309         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2310         """
2311         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2312
2313     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2314         """
2315         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2316
2317         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2318         """
2319         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2320
2321     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2322         """
2323         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2324
2325         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2326         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2327         for this.
2328         """
2329         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2330
2331     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2332         """
2333         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2334
2335         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2336         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2337         this.
2338
2339         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2340         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2341         the fully opaque pixels.
2342         """
2343         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2344
2345     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2346         """
2347         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2348
2349         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2350         """
2351         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2352
2353     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2354         """
2355         InitAlpha(self)
2356
2357         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2358         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2359         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2360         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2361         """
2362         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2363
2364     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2365         """
2366         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2367
2368         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2369         than the spcified threshold.
2370         """
2371         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2372
2373     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2374         """
2375         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2376
2377         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2378         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2379         success flag and rgb values.
2380         """
2381         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2382
2383     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2384         """
2385         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2386
2387         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2388         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2389         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2390         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2391
2392         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2393         nothing.
2394         """
2395         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2396
2397     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2398         """
2399         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2400
2401         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2402         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2403         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2404         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2405         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2406         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2407         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2408         """
2409         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2410
2411     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2412         """
2413         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2414
2415         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2416         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2417         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2418         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2419         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2420
2421         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2422         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2423         mask was successfully applied.
2424
2425         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2426         computationally intensive operation.
2427         """
2428         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2429
2430     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2431         """
2432         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2433
2434         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2435         """
2436         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2437
2438     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2439     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2440         """
2441         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2442
2443         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2444         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2445         the number of available images.
2446         """
2447         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2448
2449     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2450     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2451         """
2452         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2453
2454         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2455         library will try to autodetect the format.
2456         """
2457         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2458
2459     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2460         """
2461         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2462
2463         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2464         string.
2465         """
2466         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2467
2468     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2469         """
2470         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2471
2472         Saves an image in the named file.
2473         """
2474         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2475
2476     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2477         """
2478         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2479
2480         Saves an image in the named file.
2481         """
2482         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2483
2484     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2485         """
2486         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2487
2488         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2489         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2490         object.
2491         """
2492         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2493
2494     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2495     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2496         """
2497         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2498
2499         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2500         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2501         autodetect the format.
2502         """
2503         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2504
2505     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2506         """
2507         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2508
2509         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2510         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2511         """
2512         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2513
2514     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2515         """
2516         Ok(self) -> bool
2517
2518         Returns true if image data is present.
2519         """
2520         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2521
2522     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2523         """
2524         GetWidth(self) -> int
2525
2526         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2527         """
2528         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2529
2530     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2531         """
2532         GetHeight(self) -> int
2533
2534         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2535         """
2536         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2537
2538     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2539         """
2540         GetSize(self) -> Size
2541
2542         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2543         """
2544         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2545
2546     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2547         """
2548         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2549
2550         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2551         entirely to the image.
2552         """
2553         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2554
2555     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2556         """
2557         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2558
2559         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2560         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2561         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2562         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2563         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2564         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2565         newly exposed areas.
2566         """
2567         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2568
2569     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2570         """
2571         Copy(self) -> Image
2572
2573         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2574         """
2575         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2576
2577     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2578         """
2579         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2580
2581         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2582         and any out of bounds problems.
2583         """
2584         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2585
2586     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2587         """
2588         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2589
2590         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2591         """
2592         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2593
2594     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2595         """
2596         SetData(self, buffer data)
2597
2598         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2599         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2600         the data must be width*height*3.
2601         """
2602         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2603
2604     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2605         """
2606         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2607
2608         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2609         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2610         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2611         """
2612         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2613
2614     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2615         """
2616         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2617
2618         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2619         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2620         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2621         """
2622         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2623
2624     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2625         """
2626         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2627
2628         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2629         """
2630         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2631
2632     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2633         """
2634         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2635
2636         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2637         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2638         data must be width*height.
2639         """
2640         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2641
2642     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2643         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject"""
2644         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2645
2646     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2647         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)"""
2648         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2649
2650     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2651         """
2652         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2653
2654         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2655         mask).
2656         """
2657         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2658
2659     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2660         """
2661         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2662
2663         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2664         """
2665         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2666
2667     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2668         """
2669         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2670
2671         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2672         """
2673         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2674
2675     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2676         """
2677         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2678
2679         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2680         """
2681         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2682
2683     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2684         """
2685         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2686
2687         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2688         """
2689         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2690
2691     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2692         """
2693         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2694
2695         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2696         determined by the current mask colour.
2697         """
2698         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2699
2700     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2701         """
2702         HasMask(self) -> bool
2703
2704         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2705         """
2706         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2707
2708     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2709         """
2710         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2711             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2712
2713         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2714         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2715         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2716         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2717         will be used as the fill colour.
2718
2719         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2720         """
2721         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2722
2723     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2724         """
2725         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2726
2727         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2728         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2729         """
2730         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2731
2732     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2733         """
2734         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2735
2736         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2737         indicates the orientation.
2738         """
2739         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2740
2741     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2742         """
2743         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2744
2745         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2746         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2747         """
2748         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2749
2750     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2751         """
2752         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2753
2754         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2755         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2756         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2757         """
2758         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2759
2760     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2761         """
2762         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2763
2764         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2765         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2766         colour everywhere else.
2767         """
2768         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2769
2770     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2771         """
2772         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2773
2774         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2775         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2776         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2777         """
2778         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2779
2780     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2781         """
2782         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2783
2784         Sets an image option as an integer.
2785         """
2786         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2787
2788     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2789         """
2790         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2791
2792         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2793         """
2794         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2795
2796     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2797         """
2798         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2799
2800         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2801         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2802         """
2803         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2804
2805     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2806         """
2807         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2808
2809         Returns true if the given option is present.
2810         """
2811         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2812
2813     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2814         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2815         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2816
2817     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2818         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2819         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2820
2821     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2822         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2823         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2824
2825     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2826     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2827         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2828         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2829
2830     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2831     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2832         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2833         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2834
2835     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2836     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2837         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2838         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2839
2840     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2841     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2842         """
2843         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2844
2845         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2846         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2847         dialog boxes.
2848         """
2849         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2850
2851     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2852     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2853         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2854         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2855
2856     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2857         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2858         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2859
2860     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2861         """
2862         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2863
2864         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2865         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2866         """
2867         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2868
2869     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2870         """
2871         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2872
2873         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2874         """
2875         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2876
2877     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2878     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2879         """
2880         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2881
2882         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2883         """
2884         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2885
2886     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2887     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2888 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
2889
2890 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2891     """
2892     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2893
2894     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2895     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2896     """
2897     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2898     return val
2899
2900 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2901     """
2902     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2903
2904     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2905     object.
2906     """
2907     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2908     return val
2909
2910 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2911     """
2912     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2913
2914     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2915     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2916     """
2917     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2918     return val
2919
2920 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2921     """
2922     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2923
2924     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2925     pixels to black.
2926     """
2927     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2928     return val
2929
2930 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2931     """
2932     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2933
2934     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2935     """
2936     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2937     return val
2938
2939 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2940     """
2941     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2942
2943     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2944     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2945     must be width*height*3.
2946     """
2947     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2948     return val
2949
2950 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2951     """
2952     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2953
2954     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2955     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2956     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2957     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2958     """
2959     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2960     return val
2961
2962 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2963   """
2964     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2965
2966     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2967     """
2968   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2969
2970 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2971   """
2972     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2973
2974     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2975     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2976     the number of available images.
2977     """
2978   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2979
2980 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2981   """
2982     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2983
2984     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2985     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2986     object.
2987     """
2988   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2989
2990 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2991   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2992   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2993
2994 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2995   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2996   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2997
2998 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2999   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3000   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3001
3002 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3003   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3004   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3005
3006 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3007   """
3008     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3009
3010     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3011     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3012     dialog boxes.
3013     """
3014   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3015
3016 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3017   """
3018     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3019
3020     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3021     """
3022   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3023
3024 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3025   """
3026     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3027
3028     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3029     """
3030   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3031
3032 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3033     """
3034     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3035     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3036     """
3037     pass
3038
3039 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3040 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3041 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3042 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3043 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3044 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3045 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3046 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3047 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3048 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3049 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3050 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3051 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3052 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3053 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3054     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3055     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3056     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3057     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3058         """
3059         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3060
3061         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3062         """
3063         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3064 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3065 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3066 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3067 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3068 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3069 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3070 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3071 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3072 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3073 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3074 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3075 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3076 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3077 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3078 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3079 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3080 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3081
3082 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3083     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3084     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3085     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3086     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3087         """
3088         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3089
3090         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3091         """
3092         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3093 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3094
3095 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3096     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3097     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3098     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3099     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3100         """
3101         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3102
3103         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3104         """
3105         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3106 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3107
3108 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3109     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3110     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3111     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3112     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3113         """
3114         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3115
3116         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3117         """
3118         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3119 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3120
3121 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3122     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3123     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3124     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3125     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3126         """
3127         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3128
3129         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3130         """
3131         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3132 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3133
3134 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3135     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3136     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3137     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3138     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3139         """
3140         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3141
3142         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3143         """
3144         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3145 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3146
3147 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3148     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3149     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3150     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3151     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3152         """
3153         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3154
3155         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3156         """
3157         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3158 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3159
3160 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3161     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3162     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3163     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3164     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3165         """
3166         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3167
3168         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3169         """
3170         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3171 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3172
3173 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3174     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3175     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3176     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3177     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3178         """
3179         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3180
3181         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3182         """
3183         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3184 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3185
3186 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3187     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3188     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3189     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3190     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3191         """
3192         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3193
3194         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3195         """
3196         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3197 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3198
3199 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3200     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3201     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3202     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3203     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3204         """
3205         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3206
3207         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3208         """
3209         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3210 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3211
3212 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3213 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3214 class Quantize(object):
3215     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3216     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3217     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3218     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3219     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3220         """
3221         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3222
3223         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3224         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3225         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3226         """
3227         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3228
3229     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3230 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3231
3232 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3233   """
3234     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3235
3236     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3237     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3238     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3239     """
3240   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3241
3242 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3243
3244 class EvtHandler(Object):
3245     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3246     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3247     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3248     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3249         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3250         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3251     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3252         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3253         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3254
3255     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3256         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3257         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3258
3259     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3260         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3261         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3262
3263     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3264         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3265         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3266
3267     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3268         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3269         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3270
3271     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3272         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3273         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3274
3275     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3276         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3277         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3278
3279     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3280         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3281         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3282
3283     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3284         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3285         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3286
3287     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3288         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3289         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3290
3291     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3292         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3293         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3294
3295     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3296         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3297         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3298         args[0].thisown = 0
3299         return val
3300
3301     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3302         """
3303         Bind an event to an event handler.
3304
3305         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3306                       type of event to bind,
3307
3308         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3309                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3310                       disconnect an event handler.
3311
3312         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3313                       different window than self, but you still
3314                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3315                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3316                       passing the source of the event, the event
3317                       handling system is able to differentiate
3318                       between the same event type from different
3319                       controls.
3320
3321         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3322                    of instance.
3323
3324         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3325                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3326         """
3327         if source is not None:
3328             id  = source.GetId()
3329         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3330
3331     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3332         """
3333         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3334         Returns True if successful.
3335         """
3336         if source is not None:
3337             id  = source.GetId()
3338         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3339
3340 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3341
3342 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3343
3344 class PyEventBinder(object):
3345     """
3346     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3347     handlers.
3348     """
3349     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3350         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3351             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3352         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3353
3354         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3355             self.evtType = evtType
3356         else:
3357             self.evtType = [evtType]
3358
3359
3360     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3361         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3362         for et in self.evtType:
3363             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3364
3365
3366     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3367         """Remove an event binding."""
3368         success = 0
3369         for et in self.evtType:
3370             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3371         return success != 0
3372
3373
3374     def __call__(self, *args):
3375         """
3376         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3377         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3378         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3379         type of the event.
3380         """
3381         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3382         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3383         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3384         target = args[0]
3385         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3386             func = args[1]
3387         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3388             id1 = args[1]
3389             func = args[2]
3390         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3391             id1 = args[1]
3392             id2 = args[2]
3393             func = args[3]
3394         else:
3395             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3396
3397         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3398
3399
3400 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3401 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3402     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3403 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3404     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3405
3406
3407 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3408
3409 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3410
3411 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3412 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3413
3414 def NewEventType(*args):
3415   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3416   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3417 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3418 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3419 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3420 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3421 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3422 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3423 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3424 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3425 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3426 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3427 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3428 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3429 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3430 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3431 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3432 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3433 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3434 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3435 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3436 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3437 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3438 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3439 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3440 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3441 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3442 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3443 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3444 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3445 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3446 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3447 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3448 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3449 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3450 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3451 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3452 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3453 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3454 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3455 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3456 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3457 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3458 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3459 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3460 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3461 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3462 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3463 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3464 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3465 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3466 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3467 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3468 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3469 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3470 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3471 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3472 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3473 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3474 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3475 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3476 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3477 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3478 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3479 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3480 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3481 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3482 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3483 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3484 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3485 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3486 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3487 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3488 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3489 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3490 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3491 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3492 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3493 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3494 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3495 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3496 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3497 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3498 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3499 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3500 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3501 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3502 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3503 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3504 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3505 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3506 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3507 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3508 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3509 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3510 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3511 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3512 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3513 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3514 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3515 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3516 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3517 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3518 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3519 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3520 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3521 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3522 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3523 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3524 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3525 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3526 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3527 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3528 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3529 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3530 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3531 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3532 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3533 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3534 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3535 #
3536 # Create some event binders
3537 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3538 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3539 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3540 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3541 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3542 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3543 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3544 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3545 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3546 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3547 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3548 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3549 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3550 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3551 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3552 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3553 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3554 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3555 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3556 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3557 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3558 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3559 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3560 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3561 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3562 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3563 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3564 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3565 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3566 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3567 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3568 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3569 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3570 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3571 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3572 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3573 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3574 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3575 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3576 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3577 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3578
3579 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3580 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3581 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3582 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3583 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3584 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3585 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3586 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3587 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3588 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3589 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3590 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3591 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3592
3593 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3594                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3595                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3596                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3597                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3598                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3599                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3600                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3601                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3602                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3603                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3604                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3605                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3606                                      ])
3607
3608
3609 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3610 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3611                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3612                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3613                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3614                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3615                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3616                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3617                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3618                                   ])
3619
3620 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3621 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3622 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3623 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3624 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3625 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3626 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3627 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3628
3629 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3630 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3631                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3632                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3633                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3634                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3635                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3636                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3637                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3638                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3639                                ])
3640
3641 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3642 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3643 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3644 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3645 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3646 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3647 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3648 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3649 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3650 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3651
3652 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3653 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3654                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3655                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3656                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3657                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3658                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3659                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3660                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3661                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3662                                        ], 1)
3663
3664 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3665 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3666 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3667 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3668 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3669 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3670 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3671 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3672 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3673 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3674
3675 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3676 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3677 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3678 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3679 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3680 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3681 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3682 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3683 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3684 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3685
3686 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3687 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3688 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3689 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3690 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3691 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3692 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3693 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3694 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3695
3696
3697 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3698 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3699 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3700 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3701 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3702 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3703 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3704
3705 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3706
3707 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3708 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3709
3710 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3711
3712 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3713 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3714 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3715
3716
3717 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3718
3719 class Event(Object):
3720     """
3721     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3722     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3723     other event classes
3724     """
3725     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3726     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3727     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3728     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3729     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3730     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3731         """
3732         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3733
3734         Sets the specific type of the event.
3735         """
3736         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3737
3738     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3739         """
3740         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3741
3742         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3743         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3744         """
3745         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3746
3747     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3748         """
3749         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3750
3751         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3752         any.
3753         """
3754         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3755
3756     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3757         """
3758         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3759
3760         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3761         object that is sending the event.
3762         """
3763         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3764
3765     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3766         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3767         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3768
3769     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3770         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3771         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3772
3773     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3774         """
3775         GetId(self) -> int
3776
3777         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3778         command id.
3779         """
3780         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3781
3782     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3783         """
3784         SetId(self, int Id)
3785
3786         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3787         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3788         item, etc.
3789         """
3790         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3791
3792     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3793         """
3794         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3795
3796         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3797         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3798         """
3799         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3800
3801     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3802         """
3803         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3804
3805         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3806         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3807         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3808         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3809         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3810         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3811         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3812
3813         """
3814         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3815
3816     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3817         """
3818         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3819
3820         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3821         :see: `Skip`
3822         """
3823         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3824
3825     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3826         """
3827         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3828
3829         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3830         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3831         """
3832         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3833
3834     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3835         """
3836         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3837
3838         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3839         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3840         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3841         """
3842         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3843
3844     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3845         """
3846         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3847
3848         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3849         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3850         `StopPropagation`.)
3851
3852         """
3853         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3854
3855     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3856         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3857         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3858
3859 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
3860
3861 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3862
3863 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3864     """
3865     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3866     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3867     propogation of the event will be restored.
3868     """
3869     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3870     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3871     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3872         """
3873         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3874
3875         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3876         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3877         propogation of the event will be restored.
3878         """
3879         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3880     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3881     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3882 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3883
3884 class PropagateOnce(object):
3885     """
3886     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3887     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3888     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3889     """
3890     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3891     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3892     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3893         """
3894         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3895
3896         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3897         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3898         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3899         """
3900         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3901     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3902     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3903 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3904
3905 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3906
3907 class CommandEvent(Event):
3908     """
3909     This event class contains information about command events, which
3910     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3911     toolbars.
3912     """
3913     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3914     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3915     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3916         """
3917         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3918
3919         This event class contains information about command events, which
3920         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3921         toolbars.
3922         """
3923         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3924     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3925         """
3926         GetSelection(self) -> int
3927
3928         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3929         for a deselection).
3930         """
3931         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3932
3933     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
3934         """SetString(self, String s)"""
3935         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
3936
3937     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
3938         """
3939         GetString(self) -> String
3940
3941         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3942         for a deselection).
3943         """
3944         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
3945
3946     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
3947         """
3948         IsChecked(self) -> bool
3949
3950         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
3951         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
3952         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
3953         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
3954         makes sense for checkable menu items).
3955         """
3956         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
3957
3958     Checked = IsChecked
3959     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3960         """
3961         IsSelection(self) -> bool
3962
3963         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
3964         false if it is a deselection.
3965         """
3966         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3967
3968     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3969         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
3970         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3971
3972     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3973         """
3974         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
3975
3976         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
3977         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
3978         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
3979         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
3980         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
3981         listbox must be examined by the application.
3982         """
3983         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3984
3985     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
3986         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
3987         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
3988
3989     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
3990         """
3991         GetInt(self) -> int
3992
3993         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
3994         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
3995         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
3996         """
3997         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
3998
3999     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4000         """
4001         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4002
4003         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4004         """
4005         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4006
4007     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4008         """
4009         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4010
4011         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4012         """
4013         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4014
4015     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4016     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4017
4018     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4019         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4020         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4021
4022 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4023
4024 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4025
4026 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4027     """
4028     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4029     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4030     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4031     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4032     """
4033     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4034     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4035     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4036         """
4037         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4038
4039         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4040         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4041         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4042         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4043         """
4044         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4045     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4046         """
4047         Veto(self)
4048
4049         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4050
4051         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4052         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4053         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4054         """
4055         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4056
4057     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4058         """
4059         Allow(self)
4060
4061         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4062         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4063         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4064         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4065         """
4066         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4067
4068     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4069         """
4070         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4071
4072         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4073         false otherwise (if it was).
4074         """
4075         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4076
4077 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4078
4079 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4080
4081 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4082     """
4083     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4084     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4085     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4086     instead.
4087     """
4088     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4089     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4090     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4091         """
4092         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4093             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4094         """
4095         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4096     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4097         """
4098         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4099
4100         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4101         the scrollbar.
4102         """
4103         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4104
4105     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4106         """
4107         GetPosition(self) -> int
4108
4109         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4110         """
4111         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4112
4113     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4114         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4115         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4116
4117     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4118         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4119         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4120
4121 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4122
4123 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4124
4125 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4126     """
4127     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4128     scrolling windows.
4129     """
4130     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4131     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4132     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4133         """
4134         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4135
4136         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4137         scrolling windows.
4138         """
4139         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4140     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4141         """
4142         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4143
4144         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4145         the scrollbar.
4146         """
4147         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4148
4149     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4150         """
4151         GetPosition(self) -> int
4152
4153         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4154         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4155         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4156         """
4157         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4158
4159     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4160         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4161         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4162
4163     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4164         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4165         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4166
4167 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4168
4169 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4170
4171 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4172 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4173 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4174 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4175 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4176 class MouseEvent(Event):
4177     """
4178     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4179     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4180     mouse move events.
4181
4182     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4183     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4184     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4185     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4186     events from it.
4187
4188     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4189     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4190     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4191     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4192     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4193     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4194     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4195     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4196     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4197     """
4198     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4199     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4200     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4201         """
4202         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4203
4204         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4205
4206             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4207             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4208             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4209             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4210             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4211             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4212             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4213             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4214             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4215             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4216             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4217             * wxEVT_MOTION
4218             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4219         """
4220         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4221     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4222         """
4223         IsButton(self) -> bool
4224
4225         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4226         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4227         """
4228         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4229
4230     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4231         """
4232         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4233
4234         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4235         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4236         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4237         values).
4238         """
4239         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4240
4241     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4242         """
4243         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4244
4245         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4246         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4247         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4248         values).
4249         """
4250         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4251
4252     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4253         """
4254         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4255
4256         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4257         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4258         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4259         """
4260         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4261
4262     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4263         """
4264         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4265
4266         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4267         values of button are:
4268
4269              ====================      =====================================
4270              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4271              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4272              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4273              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4274              ====================      =====================================
4275
4276         """
4277         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4278
4279     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4280         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4281         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4282
4283     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4284         """
4285         GetButton(self) -> int
4286
4287         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4288         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4289         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4290         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4291         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4292         right buttons respectively.
4293         """
4294         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4295
4296     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4297         """
4298         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4299
4300         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4301         """
4302         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4303
4304     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4305         """
4306         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4307
4308         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4309         """
4310         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4311
4312     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4313         """
4314         AltDown(self) -> bool
4315
4316         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4317         """
4318         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4319
4320     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4321         """
4322         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4323
4324         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4325         """
4326         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4327
4328     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4329         """
4330         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4331
4332         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4333         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4334         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4335         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4336         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4337         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4338         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4339         """
4340         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4341
4342     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4343         """
4344         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4345
4346         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4347         """
4348         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4349
4350     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4351         """
4352         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4353
4354         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4355         """
4356         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4357
4358     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4359         """
4360         RightDown(self) -> bool
4361
4362         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4363         """
4364         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4365
4366     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4367         """
4368         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4369
4370         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4371         """
4372         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4373
4374     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4375         """
4376         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4377
4378         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4379         """
4380         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4381
4382     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4383         """
4384         RightUp(self) -> bool
4385
4386         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4387         """
4388         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4389
4390     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4391         """
4392         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4393
4394         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4395         """
4396         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4397
4398     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4399         """
4400         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4401
4402         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4403         """
4404         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4405
4406     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4407         """
4408         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4409
4410         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4411         """
4412         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4413
4414     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4415         """
4416         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4417
4418         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4419         of the current event type.
4420
4421         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4422         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4423         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4424
4425         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4426         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4427         dragging the mouse.
4428         """
4429         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4430
4431     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4432         """
4433         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4434
4435         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4436         of the current event type.
4437         """
4438         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4439
4440     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4441         """
4442         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4443
4444         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4445         of the current event type.
4446         """
4447         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4448
4449     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4450         """
4451         Dragging(self) -> bool
4452
4453         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4454         depressed).
4455         """
4456         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4457
4458     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4459         """
4460         Moving(self) -> bool
4461
4462         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4463         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4464         false and Dragging returns true.
4465         """
4466         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4467
4468     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4469         """
4470         Entering(self) -> bool
4471
4472         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4473         """
4474         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4475
4476     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4477         """
4478         Leaving(self) -> bool
4479
4480         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4481         """
4482         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4483
4484     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4485         """
4486         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4487
4488         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4489         event happened.
4490         """
4491         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4492
4493     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4494         """
4495         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4496
4497         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4498         event happened.
4499         """
4500         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4501
4502     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4503         """
4504         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4505
4506         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4507         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4508         that the window has been scrolled).
4509         """
4510         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4511
4512     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4513         """
4514         GetX(self) -> int
4515
4516         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4517         """
4518         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4519
4520     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4521         """
4522         GetY(self) -> int
4523
4524         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4525         """
4526         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4527
4528     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4529         """
4530         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4531
4532         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4533         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4534         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4535         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4536         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4537         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4538         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4539         """
4540         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4541
4542     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4543         """
4544         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4545
4546         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4547         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4548         should occur for each delta.
4549         """
4550         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4551
4552     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4553         """
4554         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4555
4556         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4557         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4558         """
4559         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4560
4561     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4562         """
4563         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4564
4565         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4566         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4567         """
4568         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4569
4570     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4571     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4572     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4573     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4574     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4575     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4576     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4577     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4578     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4579     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4580     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4581     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4582 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4583
4584 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4585
4586 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4587     """
4588     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4589     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4590     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4591     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4592     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4593     """
4594     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4595     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4596     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4597         """
4598         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4599
4600         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4601         """
4602         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4603     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4604         """
4605         GetX(self) -> int
4606
4607         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4608         """
4609         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4610
4611     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4612         """
4613         GetY(self) -> int
4614
4615         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4616         """
4617         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4618
4619     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4620         """
4621         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4622
4623         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4624         """
4625         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4626
4627     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4628         """
4629         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4630
4631         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4632         """
4633         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4634
4635     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4636         """
4637         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4638
4639         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4640         """
4641         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4642
4643 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4644
4645 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4646
4647 class KeyEvent(Event):
4648     """
4649     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4650     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4651     the keyboard focus.
4652
4653     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4654     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4655     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4656     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4657     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4658     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4659     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4660     corresponding to each down one.
4661
4662     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4663     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4664     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4665     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4666     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4667     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4668     example.
4669
4670     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4671     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4672     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4673     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4674     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4675     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4676     well.
4677
4678     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4679     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4680     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4681     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4682     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4683     by the system itself.
4684
4685     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4686     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4687     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4688     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4689
4690     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4691     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4692     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4693     focus.
4694
4695     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4696     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4697     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4698     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4699
4700     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4701     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4702     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4703     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4704
4705     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4706     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4707     work under Windows.
4708
4709     """
4710     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4711     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4712     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4713         """
4714         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4715
4716         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4717             *
4718         """
4719         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4720     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4721         """
4722         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4723
4724         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4725         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4726         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4727         example::
4728
4729             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4730                 DoSomething()
4731
4732         """
4733         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4734
4735     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4736         """
4737         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4738
4739         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4740         """
4741         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4742
4743     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4744         """
4745         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4746
4747         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4748         """
4749         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4750
4751     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4752         """
4753         AltDown(self) -> bool
4754
4755         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4756         """
4757         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4758
4759     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4760         """
4761         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4762
4763         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4764         """
4765         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4766
4767     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4768         """
4769         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4770
4771         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4772         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4773         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4774         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4775         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4776         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4777         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4778         """
4779         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4780
4781     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4782         """
4783         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4784
4785         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4786         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4787         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4788         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4789         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4790         normally).
4791         """
4792         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4793
4794     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4795         """
4796         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4797
4798         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4799         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4800         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4801         codes.
4802
4803         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4804         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4805         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4806         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4807         """
4808         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4809
4810     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4811     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4812         """
4813         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4814
4815         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4816         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4817         """
4818         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4819
4820     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4821     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4822         """
4823         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
4824
4825         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
4826         build of wxPython.
4827         """
4828         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4829
4830     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4831         """
4832         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4833
4834         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4835         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4836         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4837         ports.
4838         """
4839         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4840
4841     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4842         """
4843         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4844
4845         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4846         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4847         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4848         """
4849         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4850
4851     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4852         """
4853         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4854
4855         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4856         """
4857         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4858
4859     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4860         """
4861         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4862
4863         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4864         """
4865         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4866
4867     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4868         """
4869         GetX(self) -> int
4870
4871         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4872         applicable.
4873         """
4874         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4875
4876     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4877         """
4878         GetY(self) -> int
4879
4880         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4881         applicable.
4882         """
4883         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4884
4885     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4886     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4887     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4888     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4889     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4890     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4891     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4892     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4893     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4894     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4895 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4896
4897 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4898
4899 class SizeEvent(Event):
4900     """
4901     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4902     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4903     been resized.
4904
4905     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4906     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4907     application.
4908
4909     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4910     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4911     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4912     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4913     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4914     invalidate the entire window.
4915
4916     """
4917     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4918     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4919     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4920         """
4921         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4922
4923         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4924         """
4925         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4926     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4927         """
4928         GetSize(self) -> Size
4929
4930         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
4931         event.
4932         """
4933         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4934
4935     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4936         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4937         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4938
4939     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4940         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4941         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4942
4943     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4944         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
4945         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4946
4947     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
4948     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
4949 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
4950
4951 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4952
4953 class MoveEvent(Event):
4954     """
4955     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
4956     moved to a new position.
4957     """
4958     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4959     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4960     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4961         """
4962         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
4963
4964         Constructor.
4965         """
4966         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4967     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4968         """
4969         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4970
4971         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
4972         """
4973         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4974
4975     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4976         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4977         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4978
4979     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4980         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4981         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4982
4983     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4984         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
4985         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4986
4987     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
4988     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
4989
4990 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
4991
4992 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4993
4994 class PaintEvent(Event):
4995     """
4996     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
4997     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
4998     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
4999     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5000     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5001
5002     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5003     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5004     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5005     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5006     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5007     scrolled units.
5008
5009     """
5010     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5011     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5012     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5013         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5014         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5015 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5016
5017 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5018     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5019     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5020     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5021     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5022         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5023         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5024 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5025
5026 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5027
5028 class EraseEvent(Event):
5029     """
5030     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5031     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5032     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5033     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5034
5035     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5036     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5037     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5038
5039     """
5040     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5041     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5042     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5043         """
5044         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5045
5046         Constructor
5047         """
5048         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5049     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5050         """
5051         GetDC(self) -> DC
5052
5053         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5054         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5055         that instead.
5056         """
5057         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5058
5059 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5060
5061 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5062
5063 class FocusEvent(Event):
5064     """
5065     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5066     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5067     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5068
5069     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5070     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5071     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5072
5073     """
5074     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5075     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5076     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5077         """
5078         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5079
5080         Constructor
5081         """
5082         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5083     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5084         """
5085         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5086
5087         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5088         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5089         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5090
5091         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5092         """
5093         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5094
5095     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5096         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5097         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5098
5099 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5100
5101 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5102
5103 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5104     """
5105     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5106     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5107     heirarchy.
5108     """
5109     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5110     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5111     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5112         """
5113         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5114
5115         Constructor
5116         """
5117         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5118     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5119         """
5120         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5121
5122         The window which has just received the focus.
5123         """
5124         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5125
5126 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5127
5128 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5129
5130 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5131     """
5132     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5133     application is being activated or deactivated.
5134
5135     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5136     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5137     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5138     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5139     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5140     application frames being inactive.
5141
5142     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5143     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5144     doing so can result in strange effects.
5145
5146     """
5147     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5148     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5149     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5150         """
5151         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5152
5153         Constructor
5154         """
5155         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5156     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5157         """
5158         GetActive(self) -> bool
5159
5160         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5161         otherwise.
5162         """
5163         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5164
5165 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5166
5167 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5168
5169 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5170     """
5171     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5172     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5173     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5174     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5175     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5176     """
5177     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5178     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5179     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5180         """
5181         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5182
5183         Constructor
5184         """
5185         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5186 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5187
5188 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5189
5190 class MenuEvent(Event):
5191     """
5192     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5193     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5194     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5195
5196     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5197     text in the first field of the status bar.
5198     """
5199     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5200     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5201     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5202         """
5203         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5204
5205         Constructor
5206         """
5207         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5208     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5209         """
5210         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5211
5212         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5213         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5214         """
5215         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5216
5217     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5218         """
5219         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5220
5221         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5222         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5223         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5224         """
5225         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5226
5227     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5228         """
5229         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5230
5231         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5232         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5233         """
5234         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5235
5236 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5237
5238 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5239
5240 class CloseEvent(Event):
5241     """
5242     This event class contains information about window and session close
5243     events.
5244
5245     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5246     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5247     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5248     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5249     function.
5250
5251     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5252     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5253     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5254     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5255     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5256     files or to cancel the close.
5257
5258     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5259     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5260     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5261     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5262     """
5263     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5264     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5265     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5266         """
5267         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5268
5269         Constructor.
5270         """
5271         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5272     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5273         """
5274         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5275
5276         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5277         """
5278         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5279
5280     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5281         """
5282         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5283
5284         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5285         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5286         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5287         window event.
5288         """
5289         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5290
5291     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5292         """
5293         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5294
5295         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5296         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5297
5298         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5299         """
5300         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5301
5302     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5303         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5304         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5305
5306     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5307         """
5308         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5309
5310         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5311         """
5312         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5313
5314     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5315         """
5316         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5317
5318         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5319         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5320         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5321         must be called to check this.
5322         """
5323         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5324
5325 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5326
5327 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5328
5329 class ShowEvent(Event):
5330     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5331     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5332     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5333     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5334         """
5335         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5336
5337         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5338         """
5339         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5340     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5341         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5342         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5343
5344     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5345         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5346         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5347
5348 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5349
5350 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5351
5352 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5353     """
5354     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5355     restored.
5356     """
5357     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5358     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5359     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5360         """
5361         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5362
5363         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5364         restored.
5365         """
5366         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5367     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5368         """
5369         Iconized(self) -> bool
5370
5371         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5372         been restored.
5373         """
5374         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5375
5376 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5377
5378 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5379
5380 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5381     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5382     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5383     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5384     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5385         """
5386         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5387
5388         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5389         """
5390         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5391 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5392
5393 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5394
5395 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5396     """
5397     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5398     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5399     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5400     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5401
5402     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5403     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5404     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5405     dropping files.
5406
5407     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5408     events.
5409
5410     """
5411     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5412     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5413     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5414     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5415         """
5416         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5417
5418         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5419         """
5420         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5421
5422     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5423         """
5424         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5425
5426         Returns the number of files dropped.
5427         """
5428         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5429
5430     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5431         """
5432         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5433
5434         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5435         """
5436         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5437
5438 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5439
5440 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5441
5442 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5443 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5444 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5445     """
5446     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5447     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5448     interface elements.
5449
5450     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5451     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5452     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5453     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5454     menu item or button.
5455
5456     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5457     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5458     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5459     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5460     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5461     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5462     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5463
5464     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5465     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5466     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5467     update.
5468
5469     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5470     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5471     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5472
5473     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5474     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5475
5476        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5477           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5478           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5479           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5480           events.
5481
5482        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5483           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5484           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5485           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5486           delay before windows are updated.
5487
5488     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5489     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5490     from an internal idle handler.
5491
5492     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5493     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5494     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5495
5496     """
5497     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5498     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5499     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5500         """
5501         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5502
5503         Constructor
5504         """
5505         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5506     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5507         """
5508         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5509
5510         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5511         """
5512         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5513
5514     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5515         """
5516         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5517
5518         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5519         """
5520         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5521
5522     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5523         """
5524         GetShown(self) -> bool
5525
5526         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5527         """
5528         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5529
5530     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5531         """
5532         GetText(self) -> String
5533
5534         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5535         """
5536         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5537
5538     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5539         """
5540         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5541
5542         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5543         wxWidgets internal use only.
5544         """
5545         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5546
5547     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5548         """
5549         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5550
5551         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5552         internal use only.
5553         """
5554         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5555
5556     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5557         """
5558         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5559
5560         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5561         internal use only.
5562         """
5563         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5564
5565     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5566         """
5567         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5568
5569         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5570         internal use only.
5571         """
5572         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5573
5574     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5575         """
5576         Check(self, bool check)
5577
5578         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5579         """
5580         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5581
5582     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5583         """
5584         Enable(self, bool enable)
5585
5586         Enable or disable the UI element.
5587         """
5588         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5589
5590     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5591         """
5592         Show(self, bool show)
5593
5594         Show or hide the UI element.
5595         """
5596         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5597
5598     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5599         """
5600         SetText(self, String text)
5601
5602         Sets the text for this UI element.
5603         """
5604         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5605
5606     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5607         """
5608         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5609
5610         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5611         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5612         default is 0.
5613
5614         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5615         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5616         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5617         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5618         about to be shown.
5619         """
5620         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5621
5622     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5623     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5624         """
5625         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5626
5627         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5628         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5629         """
5630         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5631
5632     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5633     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5634         """
5635         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5636
5637         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5638         to) this window.
5639
5640         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5641         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5642         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5643         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5644         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5645         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5646         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5647         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5648         interval.
5649
5650         """
5651         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5652
5653     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5654     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5655         """
5656         ResetUpdateTime()
5657
5658         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5659         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5660         is called at the end of idle processing.
5661         """
5662         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5663
5664     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5665     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5666         """
5667         SetMode(int mode)
5668
5669         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5670         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5671
5672         The mode may be one of the following values:
5673
5674             =============================   ==========================================
5675             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5676                                             is the default setting.
5677             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5678                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5679                                             style set.
5680             =============================   ==========================================
5681
5682         """
5683         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5684
5685     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5686     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5687         """
5688         GetMode() -> int
5689
5690         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5691         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5692         events.
5693         """
5694         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5695
5696     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5697 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5698
5699 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5700   """
5701     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5702
5703     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5704     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5705     default is 0.
5706
5707     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5708     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5709     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5710     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5711     about to be shown.
5712     """
5713   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5714
5715 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5716   """
5717     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5718
5719     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5720     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5721     """
5722   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5723
5724 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5725   """
5726     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5727
5728     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5729     to) this window.
5730
5731     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5732     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5733     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5734     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5735     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5736     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5737     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5738     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5739     interval.
5740
5741     """
5742   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5743
5744 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5745   """
5746     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5747
5748     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5749     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5750     is called at the end of idle processing.
5751     """
5752   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5753
5754 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5755   """
5756     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5757
5758     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5759     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5760
5761     The mode may be one of the following values:
5762
5763         =============================   ==========================================
5764         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5765                                         is the default setting.
5766         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5767                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5768                                         style set.
5769         =============================   ==========================================
5770
5771     """
5772   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5773
5774 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5775   """
5776     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5777
5778     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5779     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5780     events.
5781     """
5782   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5783
5784 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5785
5786 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5787     """
5788     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5789     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5790     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5791
5792     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5793     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5794     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5795     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5796     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5797
5798     """
5799     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5800     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5801     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5802         """
5803         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5804
5805         Constructor
5806         """
5807         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5808 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5809
5810 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5811
5812 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5813     """
5814     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5815     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5816     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5817     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5818     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5819
5820     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5821     """
5822     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5823     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5824     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5825         """
5826         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5827
5828         Constructor
5829         """
5830         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5831     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5832         """
5833         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5834
5835         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5836         non-wxWidgets window.
5837         """
5838         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5839
5840 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5841
5842 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5843
5844 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5845     """
5846     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5847     resolution has changed.
5848
5849     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5850     """
5851     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5852     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5853     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5854         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5855         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5856 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5857
5858 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5859
5860 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5861     """
5862     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5863     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5864     match.
5865
5866     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5867     """
5868     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5869     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5870     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5871         """
5872         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5873
5874         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5875         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5876         match.
5877
5878         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5879         """
5880         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5881     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5882         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
5883         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5884
5885     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5886         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
5887         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5888
5889 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
5890
5891 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5892
5893 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
5894     """
5895     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
5896     focus and should re-do its palette.
5897
5898     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5899     """
5900     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5901     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5902     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5903         """
5904         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
5905
5906         Constructor.
5907         """
5908         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5909     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5910         """
5911         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
5912
5913         App should set this if it changes the palette.
5914         """
5915         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5916
5917     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5918         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
5919         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5920
5921 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
5922
5923 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5924
5925 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
5926     """
5927     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
5928     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
5929     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
5930     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
5931     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
5932     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
5933     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
5934     """
5935     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5936     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5937     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5938         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
5939         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5940     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5941         """
5942         GetDirection(self) -> bool
5943
5944         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
5945         """
5946         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
5947
5948     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5949         """
5950         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
5951
5952         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
5953         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
5954         """
5955         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
5956
5957     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
5958         """
5959         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
5960
5961         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
5962         """
5963         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
5964
5965     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
5966         """
5967         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
5968
5969         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
5970         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
5971         by using Control-Tab.
5972         """
5973         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
5974
5975     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
5976         """
5977         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
5978
5979         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
5980         key.
5981         """
5982         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
5983
5984     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
5985         """
5986         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
5987
5988         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
5989         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
5990         """
5991         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
5992
5993     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5994         """
5995         SetFlags(self, long flags)
5996
5997         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
5998
5999             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6000             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6001             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6002             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6003
6004         """
6005         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6006
6007     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6008         """
6009         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6010
6011         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6012         ``None``.
6013         """
6014         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6015
6016     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6017         """
6018         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6019
6020         Set the window that has the focus.
6021         """
6022         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6023
6024     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6025     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6026     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6027     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6028 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6029
6030 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6031
6032 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6033     """
6034     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6035     underlying GUI object) exists.
6036     """
6037     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6038     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6039     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6040         """
6041         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6042
6043         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6044         underlying GUI object) exists.
6045         """
6046         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6047     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6048         """
6049         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6050
6051         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6052         """
6053         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6054
6055 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6056
6057 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6058     """
6059     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6060     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6061
6062     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6063     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6064     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6065     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6066     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6067     notification of the destruction of another window.
6068     """
6069     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6070     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6071     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6072         """
6073         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6074
6075         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6076         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6077
6078         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6079         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6080         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6081         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6082         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6083         notification of the destruction of another window.
6084         """
6085         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6086     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6087         """
6088         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6089
6090         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6091         """
6092         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6093
6094 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6095
6096 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6097
6098 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6099     """
6100     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6101     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6102     """
6103     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6104     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6105     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6106         """
6107         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6108
6109         Constructor.
6110         """
6111         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6112     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6113         """
6114         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6115
6116         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6117         be shown.
6118         """
6119         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6120
6121     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6122         """
6123         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6124
6125         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6126         """
6127         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6128
6129 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6130
6131 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6132
6133 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6134 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6135 class IdleEvent(Event):
6136     """
6137     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6138     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6139     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6140     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6141     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6142     events and then becomes empty again.
6143
6144     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6145     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6146     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6147     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6148     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6149     to those windows and not to any others.
6150     """
6151     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6152     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6153     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6154         """
6155         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6156
6157         Constructor
6158         """
6159         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6160     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6161         """
6162         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6163
6164         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6165         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6166         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6167         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6168         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6169         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6170         system.
6171         """
6172         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6173
6174     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6175         """
6176         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6177
6178         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6179         requested more processing time.
6180         """
6181         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6182
6183     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6184         """
6185         SetMode(int mode)
6186
6187         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6188         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6189         events.
6190
6191         The mode can be one of the following values:
6192
6193             =========================   ========================================
6194             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6195             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6196                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6197                                         flag set.
6198             =========================   ========================================
6199
6200         """
6201         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6202
6203     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6204     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6205         """
6206         GetMode() -> int
6207
6208         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6209         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6210         will process the events.
6211         """
6212         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6213
6214     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6215     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6216         """
6217         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6218
6219         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6220         window.
6221
6222         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6223         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6224         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6225         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6226         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6227         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6228         """
6229         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6230
6231     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6232 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6233
6234 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6235   """
6236     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6237
6238     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6239     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6240     events.
6241
6242     The mode can be one of the following values:
6243
6244         =========================   ========================================
6245         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6246         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6247                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6248                                     flag set.
6249         =========================   ========================================
6250
6251     """
6252   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6253
6254 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6255   """
6256     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6257
6258     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6259     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6260     will process the events.
6261     """
6262   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6263
6264 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6265   """
6266     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6267
6268     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6269     window.
6270
6271     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6272     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6273     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6274     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6275     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6276     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6277     """
6278   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6279
6280 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6281
6282 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6283     """
6284     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6285     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6286     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6287     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6288     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6289     """
6290     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6291     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6292     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6293         """
6294         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6295
6296         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6297         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6298         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6299         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6300         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6301         """
6302         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6303 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6304
6305 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6306
6307 class PyEvent(Event):
6308     """
6309     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6310     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6311     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6312     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6313     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6314
6315     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6316
6317     """
6318     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6319     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6320     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6321         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6322         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6323         self._SetSelf(self)
6324
6325     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6326     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6327     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6328         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6329         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6330
6331     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6332         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6333         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6334
6335 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6336
6337 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6338     """
6339     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6340     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6341     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6342     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6343     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6344     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6345
6346     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6347
6348     """
6349     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6350     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6351     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6352         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6353         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6354         self._SetSelf(self)
6355
6356     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6357     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6358     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6359         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6360         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6361
6362     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6363         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6364         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6365
6366 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6367
6368 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6369     """
6370     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6371     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6372     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6373     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6374     """
6375     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6376     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6377     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6378         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6379         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6380     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6381         """
6382         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6383
6384         Returns the date.
6385         """
6386         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6387
6388     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6389         """
6390         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6391
6392         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6393         internally.
6394         """
6395         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6396
6397 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6398
6399 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6400 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6401
6402 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6403
6404 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6405 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6406 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6407 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6408 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6409 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6410 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6411     """
6412     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6413     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6414     """
6415     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6416     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6417     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6418         """
6419         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6420
6421         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6422         """
6423         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6424         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6425         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6426
6427     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6428     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6429     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6430         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6431         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6432
6433     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6434         """
6435         GetAppName(self) -> String
6436
6437         Get the application name.
6438         """
6439         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6440
6441     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6442         """
6443         SetAppName(self, String name)
6444
6445         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6446         `wx.Config` and such.
6447         """
6448         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6449
6450     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6451         """
6452         GetClassName(self) -> String
6453
6454         Get the application's class name.
6455         """
6456         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6457
6458     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6459         """
6460         SetClassName(self, String name)
6461
6462         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6463         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6464         """
6465         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6466
6467     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6468         """
6469         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6470
6471         Get the application's vendor name.
6472         """
6473         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6474
6475     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6476         """
6477         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6478
6479         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6480         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6481         """
6482         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6483
6484     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6485         """
6486         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6487
6488         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6489         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6490         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6491         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6492         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6493         differences behind the common facade.
6494
6495         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6496         """
6497         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6498
6499     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6500         """
6501         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6502
6503         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6504         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6505         during each event loop iteration.
6506         """
6507         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6508
6509     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6510         """
6511         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6512
6513         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6514         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6515         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6516
6517         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6518               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6519               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6520               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6521
6522         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6523
6524         """
6525         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6526
6527     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6528         """
6529         WakeUpIdle(self)
6530
6531         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6532         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6533         """
6534         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6535
6536     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6537         """
6538         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6539
6540         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6541         currently be dispatched.
6542         """
6543         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6544
6545     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6546     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6547         """
6548         MainLoop(self) -> int
6549
6550         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6551         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6552         """
6553         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6554
6555     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6556         """
6557         Exit(self)
6558
6559         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6560         :see: `wx.Exit`
6561         """
6562         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6563
6564     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6565         """
6566         ExitMainLoop(self)
6567
6568         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6569         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6570         """
6571         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6572
6573     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6574         """
6575         Pending(self) -> bool
6576
6577         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6578         """
6579         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6580
6581     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6582         """
6583         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6584
6585         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6586         appears if there are none currently)
6587         """
6588         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6589
6590     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6591         """
6592         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6593
6594         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6595         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6596         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6597         """
6598         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6599
6600     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6601         """
6602         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6603
6604         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6605         idle time is requested.
6606         """
6607         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6608
6609     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6610         """
6611         IsActive(self) -> bool
6612
6613         Return True if our app has focus.
6614         """
6615         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6616
6617     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6618         """
6619         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6620
6621         Set the *main* top level window
6622         """
6623         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6624
6625     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6626         """
6627         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6628
6629         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6630         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6631         there not any, will return None)
6632         """
6633         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6634
6635     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6636         """
6637         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6638
6639         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6640         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6641         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6642         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6643         explicitly from somewhere.
6644         """
6645         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6646
6647     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6648         """
6649         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6650
6651         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6652         """
6653         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6654
6655     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6656         """
6657         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6658
6659         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6660         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6661         """
6662         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6663
6664     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6665         """
6666         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6667
6668         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6669         """
6670         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6671
6672     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6673         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6674         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6675
6676     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6677         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6678         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6679
6680     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6681         """
6682         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6683
6684         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6685         """
6686         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6687
6688     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6689         """
6690         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6691
6692         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6693         """
6694         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6695
6696     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6697         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6698         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6699
6700     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6701     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6702         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6703         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6704
6705     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6706     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6707         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6708         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6709
6710     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6711     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6712         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6713         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6714
6715     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6716     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6717         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6718         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6719
6720     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6721     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6722         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6723         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6724
6725     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6726     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6727         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6728         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6729
6730     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6731     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6732         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6733         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6734
6735     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6736     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6737         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6738         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6739
6740     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6741     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6742         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6743         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6744
6745     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6746     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6747         """
6748         _BootstrapApp(self)
6749
6750         For internal use only
6751         """
6752         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6753
6754     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6755         """
6756         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6757
6758         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6759         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6760         """
6761         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6762
6763     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6764 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6765
6766 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6767   """
6768     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6769
6770     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6771     currently be dispatched.
6772     """
6773   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6774
6775 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6776   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6777   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6778
6779 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6780   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6781   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6782
6783 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6784   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6785   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6786
6787 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6788   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6789   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6790
6791 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6792   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6793   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6794
6795 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6796   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6797   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6798
6799 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6800   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6801   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6802
6803 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6804   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6805   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6806
6807 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6808   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6809   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6810
6811 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6812   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6813   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6814
6815 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6816   """
6817     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6818
6819     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6820     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6821     """
6822   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6823
6824 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6825
6826
6827 def Exit(*args):
6828   """
6829     Exit()
6830
6831     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6832     """
6833   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6834
6835 def Yield(*args):
6836   """
6837     Yield() -> bool
6838
6839     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
6840     """
6841   return _core_.Yield(*args)
6842
6843 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
6844   """
6845     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
6846
6847     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
6848     """
6849   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
6850
6851 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
6852   """
6853     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6854
6855     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
6856     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
6857     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
6858     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
6859     interaction.
6860
6861     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
6862     """
6863   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
6864
6865 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
6866   """
6867     WakeUpIdle()
6868
6869     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
6870     sent.
6871     """
6872   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
6873
6874 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
6875   """
6876     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
6877
6878     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
6879     later.
6880     """
6881   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
6882
6883 def App_CleanUp(*args):
6884   """
6885     App_CleanUp()
6886
6887     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
6888     Python shuts down.
6889     """
6890   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
6891
6892 def GetApp(*args):
6893   """
6894     GetApp() -> PyApp
6895
6896     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
6897     """
6898   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
6899
6900 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
6901   """
6902     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
6903
6904     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
6905     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6906
6907     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
6908     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
6909     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
6910     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
6911     between the common latin/roman encodings.
6912     """
6913   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
6914
6915 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
6916   """
6917     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
6918
6919     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
6920     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6921     """
6922   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
6923 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6924
6925 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
6926     """
6927     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
6928     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
6929     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
6930     and write the text there.
6931     """
6932     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
6933         self.frame  = None
6934         self.title  = title
6935         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
6936         self.size   = (450, 300)
6937         self.parent = None
6938
6939     def SetParent(self, parent):
6940         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
6941         self.parent = parent
6942
6943
6944     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
6945         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
6946                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
6947         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
6948                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
6949         self.text.AppendText(st)
6950         self.frame.Show(True)
6951         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
6952
6953
6954     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
6955         if self.frame is not None:
6956             self.frame.Destroy()
6957         self.frame = None
6958         self.text  = None
6959
6960
6961     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
6962     def write(self, text):
6963         """
6964         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
6965         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
6966         CallAfter to do the work there.
6967         """
6968         if self.frame is None:
6969             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
6970                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
6971             else:
6972                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
6973         else:
6974             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
6975                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
6976             else:
6977                 self.text.AppendText(text)
6978
6979
6980     def close(self):
6981         if self.frame is not None:
6982             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
6983
6984
6985     def flush(self):
6986         pass
6987
6988
6989
6990 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6991
6992 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
6993
6994 class App(wx.PyApp):
6995     """
6996     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
6997
6998       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
6999         gui toolkit
7000       * set and get application-wide properties
7001       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7002         and to dispatch events to window instances
7003       * etc.
7004
7005     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7006     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7007     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7008     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7009
7010     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7011     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7012     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7013
7014     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7015            directly.
7016     """
7017
7018     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7019
7020     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7021                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7022         """
7023         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7024
7025         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7026             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7027             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7028             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7029             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7030             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7031             class of your choosing.)
7032
7033         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7034             redirect is True.
7035
7036         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7037             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7038             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7039             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7040             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7041             toolkit is initialized.
7042
7043         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7044             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7045             GUI apps will.
7046
7047         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7048             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7049             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7050         """
7051         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7052
7053         if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7054             try:
7055                 import MacOS
7056                 if not MacOS.WMAvailable():
7057                     print """\
7058 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw',
7059 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of
7060 your Mac."""
7061                     _sys.exit(1)
7062             except SystemExit:
7063                 raise
7064             except:
7065                 pass
7066
7067         # This has to be done before OnInit
7068         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7069
7070         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7071         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7072         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7073         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7074         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7075         # expected (depending on platform.)
7076         if clearSigInt:
7077             try:
7078                 import signal
7079                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7080             except:
7081                 pass
7082
7083         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7084         self.stdioWin = None
7085         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7086         if redirect:
7087             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7088
7089         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7090         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7091
7092         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7093         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7094         self._BootstrapApp()
7095
7096
7097     def OnPreInit(self):
7098         """
7099         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7100         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7101         that OnInit is called.
7102         """
7103         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7104
7105
7106     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7107         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7108         destroy(self)
7109
7110     def Destroy(self):
7111         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7112         self.thisown = 0
7113
7114     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7115         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7116         if self.stdioWin:
7117             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7118         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7119
7120
7121     def MainLoop(self):
7122         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7123         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7124         self.RestoreStdio()
7125
7126
7127     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7128         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7129         if filename:
7130             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7131         else:
7132             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7133             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7134
7135
7136     def RestoreStdio(self):
7137         try:
7138             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7139         except:
7140             pass
7141
7142
7143     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7144         """
7145         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7146         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7147         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7148         """
7149         if self.stdioWin:
7150             if title is not None:
7151                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7152             if pos is not None:
7153                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7154             if size is not None:
7155                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7161 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7162 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7163 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7164 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7165 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7166 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7167 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7168 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7169 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7170 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7171 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7172
7173 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7174
7175 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7176     """
7177     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7178     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7179     about OnInit.  For example::
7180
7181         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7182         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7183         frame.Show()
7184         app.MainLoop()
7185
7186     :see: `wx.App`
7187     """
7188
7189     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7190                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7191         """
7192         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7193         """
7194         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7195
7196     def OnInit(self):
7197         return True
7198
7199
7200
7201 # Is anybody using this one?
7202 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7203     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7204         self.size = size
7205         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7206
7207     def OnInit(self):
7208         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7209         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7210         return True
7211
7212     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7213         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7214         self.frame.Show(True)
7215
7216 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7217 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7218 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7219 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7220 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7221
7222 class __wxPyCleanup:
7223     def __init__(self):
7224         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7225     def __del__(self):
7226         self.cleanup()
7227
7228 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7229
7230 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7231 ## import atexit
7232 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7233
7234
7235 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7236
7237 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7238
7239 class EventLoop(object):
7240     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7241     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7242     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7243     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7244         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7245         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7246     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7247     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7248     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7249         """Run(self) -> int"""
7250         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7251
7252     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7253         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7254         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7255
7256     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7257         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7258         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7259
7260     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7261         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7262         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7263
7264     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7265         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7266         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7267
7268     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7269         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7270         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7271
7272     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7273     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7274         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7275         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7276
7277     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7278 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7279
7280 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7281   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7282   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7283
7284 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7285   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7286   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7287
7288 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7289     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7290     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7291     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7292     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7293         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7294         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7295     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7296     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7297 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7298
7299 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7300
7301 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7302     """
7303     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7304     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7305     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7306     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7307
7308     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7309     """
7310     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7311     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7312     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7313         """
7314         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7315
7316         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7317         """
7318         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7319     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7320     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7321     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7322         """
7323         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7324
7325         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7326         :see `__init__`
7327         """
7328         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7329
7330     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7331         """
7332         GetFlags(self) -> int
7333
7334         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7335         """
7336         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7337
7338     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7339         """
7340         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7341
7342         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7343         """
7344         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7345
7346     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7347         """
7348         GetCommand(self) -> int
7349
7350         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7351         """
7352         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7353
7354 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7355
7356 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7357     """
7358     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7359     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7360     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7361     supported.
7362     """
7363     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7364     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7365     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7366         """
7367         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7368
7369         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7370         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7371
7372         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7373         """
7374         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7375     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7376     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7377     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7378         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7379         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7380
7381 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7382
7383
7384 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7385   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7386   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7387 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7388
7389 class VisualAttributes(object):
7390     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7391     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7392     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7393     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7394         """
7395         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7396
7397         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7398         """
7399         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7400     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7401     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7402     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7403     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7404     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7405 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7406 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7407 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7408
7409 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7410 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7411 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7412 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7413 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7414 class Window(EvtHandler):
7415     """
7416     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7417     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7418     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7419     appear on screen themselves.
7420
7421     """
7422     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7423     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7424     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7425         """
7426         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7427             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7428
7429         Construct and show a generic Window.
7430         """
7431         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7432         self._setOORInfo(self)
7433
7434     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7435         """
7436         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7437             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7438
7439         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7440         """
7441         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7442
7443     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7444         """
7445         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7446
7447         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7448         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7449         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7450         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7451         """
7452         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7453
7454     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7455         """
7456         Destroy(self) -> bool
7457
7458         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7459         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7460         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7461         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7462         non-existent windows.
7463
7464         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7465         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7466         """
7467         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7468         args[0].thisown = 0
7469         return val
7470
7471     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7472         """
7473         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7474
7475         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7476         destructor.
7477         """
7478         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7479
7480     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7481         """
7482         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7483
7484         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7485         """
7486         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7487
7488     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7489         """
7490         SetLabel(self, String label)
7491
7492         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7493         """
7494         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7495
7496     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7497         """
7498         GetLabel(self) -> String
7499
7500         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7501         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7502         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7503         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7504         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7505         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7506         """
7507         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7508
7509     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7510         """
7511         SetName(self, String name)
7512
7513         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7514         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7515         """
7516         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7517
7518     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7519         """
7520         GetName(self) -> String
7521
7522         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7523         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7524         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7525         """
7526         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7527
7528     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7529         """
7530         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7531
7532         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7533         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7534         """
7535         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7536
7537     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7538         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7539         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7540
7541     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7542         """
7543         SetId(self, int winid)
7544
7545         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7546         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7547         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7548         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7549         """
7550         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7551
7552     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7553         """
7554         GetId(self) -> int
7555
7556         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7557         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7558         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7559         generated.
7560         """
7561         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7562
7563     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7564         """
7565         NewControlId() -> int
7566
7567         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7568         """
7569         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7570
7571     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7572     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7573         """
7574         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7575
7576         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7577         autogenerated) id
7578         """
7579         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7580
7581     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7582     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7583         """
7584         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7585
7586         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7587         autogenerated) id
7588         """
7589         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7590
7591     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7592     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7593         """
7594         SetSize(self, Size size)
7595
7596         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7597         """
7598         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7599
7600     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7601         """
7602         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7603
7604         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7605         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7606         equal to -1.
7607
7608             ========================  ======================================
7609             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7610                                       default should be used.
7611             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7612                                       -1 values are supplied.
7613             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7614                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7615                                       default values.
7616             ========================  ======================================
7617
7618         """
7619         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7620
7621     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7622         """
7623         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7624
7625         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7626         """
7627         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7628
7629     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7630         """
7631         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7632
7633         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7634         """
7635         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7636
7637     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7638         """
7639         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7640
7641         Moves the window to the given position.
7642         """
7643         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7644
7645     SetPosition = Move
7646     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7647         """
7648         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7649
7650         Moves the window to the given position.
7651         """
7652         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7653
7654     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7655         """
7656         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7657
7658         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7659         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7660         """
7661         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7662
7663     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7664         """
7665         Raise(self)
7666
7667         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7668         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7669         """
7670         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7671
7672     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7673         """
7674         Lower(self)
7675
7676         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7677         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7678         """
7679         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7680
7681     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7682         """
7683         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7684
7685         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7686         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7687         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7688         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7689         around panel items, for example.
7690         """
7691         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7692
7693     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7694         """
7695         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7696
7697         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7698         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7699         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7700         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7701         around panel items, for example.
7702         """
7703         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7704
7705     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7706         """
7707         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7708
7709         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7710         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7711         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7712         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7713         around panel items, for example.
7714         """
7715         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7716
7717     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7718         """
7719         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7720
7721         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7722         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7723         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7724         kinds of windows.
7725         """
7726         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7727
7728     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7729         """
7730         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7731
7732         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7733         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7734         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7735         kinds of windows.
7736         """
7737         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7738
7739     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7740         """
7741         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
7742
7743         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7744         """
7745         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7746
7747     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7748         """
7749         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7750
7751         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7752         """
7753         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7754
7755     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
7756         """
7757         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
7758
7759         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
7760         a `wx.Rect` object.
7761         """
7762         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
7763
7764     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7765         """
7766         GetSize(self) -> Size
7767
7768         Get the window size.
7769         """
7770         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7771
7772     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7773         """
7774         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7775
7776         Get the window size.
7777         """
7778         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7779
7780     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7781         """
7782         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7783
7784         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
7785         """
7786         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7787
7788     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7789         """
7790         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7791
7792         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7793         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7794         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7795         """
7796         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7797
7798     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7799         """
7800         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7801
7802         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7803         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7804         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7805         """
7806         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7807
7808     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7809         """
7810         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7811
7812         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7813         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7814         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7815         """
7816         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7817
7818     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7819         """
7820         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7821
7822         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
7823         """
7824         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7825
7826     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7827         """
7828         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
7829
7830         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7831         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7832         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7833         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7834         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7835         after calling Fit.
7836         """
7837         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7838
7839     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7840         """
7841         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7842
7843         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7844         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7845         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7846         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7847         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7848         after calling Fit.
7849         """
7850         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7851
7852     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7853         """
7854         InvalidateBestSize(self)
7855
7856         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
7857         time it is needed.
7858         """
7859         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7860
7861     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7862         """
7863         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
7864
7865         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
7866         some properties of the window change.)
7867         """
7868         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7869
7870     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7871         """
7872         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
7873
7874         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
7875         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
7876         the results.
7877
7878         """
7879         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7880
7881     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7882         """
7883         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
7884
7885         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
7886         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
7887         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
7888         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
7889         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
7890         tolerate.
7891         """
7892         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7893
7894     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
7895         """
7896         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
7897
7898         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
7899         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
7900         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
7901         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
7902         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
7903         relative to the screen.
7904         """
7905         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
7906
7907     Centre = Center
7908     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
7909         """
7910         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
7911
7912         Center with respect to the the parent window
7913         """
7914         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
7915
7916     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
7917     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
7918         """
7919         Fit(self)
7920
7921         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
7922         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
7923         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
7924         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
7925         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
7926         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
7927         instead of calling Fit.
7928         """
7929         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
7930
7931     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
7932         """
7933         FitInside(self)
7934
7935         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
7936         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
7937         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
7938         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
7939         anything if there are no subwindows.
7940         """
7941         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
7942
7943     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7944         """
7945         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
7946             int incH=-1)
7947
7948         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7949         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7950         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7951         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7952         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7953         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7954
7955         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7956         """
7957         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7958
7959     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7960         """
7961         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
7962
7963         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7964         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7965         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7966         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7967         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7968         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7969
7970         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7971         """
7972         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
7973
7974     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7975         """
7976         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
7977
7978         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7979         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7980         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7981         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7982         """
7983         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7984
7985     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7986         """
7987         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
7988
7989         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7990         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7991         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7992         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7993         """
7994         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
7995
7996     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
7997         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
7998         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
7999
8000     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8001         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8002         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8003
8004     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8005         """
8006         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8007
8008         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8009         min size.
8010         """
8011         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8012
8013     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8014         """
8015         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8016
8017         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8018         max size.
8019         """
8020         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8021
8022     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8023         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8024         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8025
8026     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8027         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8028         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8029
8030     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8031         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8032         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8033
8034     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8035         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8036         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8037
8038     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8039         """
8040         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8041
8042         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8043         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8044         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8045         """
8046         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8047
8048     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8049         """
8050         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8051
8052         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8053         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8054         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8055         """
8056         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8057
8058     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8059         """
8060         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8061
8062         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8063         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8064         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8065         """
8066         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8067
8068     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8069         """
8070         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8071
8072         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8073         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8074         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8075         """
8076         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8077
8078     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8079         """
8080         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8081
8082         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8083         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8084         """
8085         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8086
8087     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8088         """
8089         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8090
8091         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8092         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8093         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8094         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8095         because it already was in the requested state.
8096         """
8097         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8098
8099     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8100         """
8101         Hide(self) -> bool
8102
8103         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8104         """
8105         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8106
8107     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8108         """
8109         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8110
8111         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8112         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8113         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8114         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8115         window had already been in the specified state.
8116         """
8117         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8118
8119     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8120         """
8121         Disable(self) -> bool
8122
8123         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8124         """
8125         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8126
8127     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8128         """
8129         IsShown(self) -> bool
8130
8131         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8132         """
8133         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8134
8135     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8136         """
8137         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8138
8139         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8140         """
8141         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8142
8143     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8144         """
8145         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8146
8147         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8148         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8149         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8150         immediately.
8151         """
8152         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8153
8154     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8155         """
8156         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8157
8158         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8159         method.
8160         """
8161         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8162
8163     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8164     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8165         """
8166         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8167
8168         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8169         """
8170         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8171
8172     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8173         """
8174         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8175
8176         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8177         windows are only available on X platforms.
8178         """
8179         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8180
8181     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8182         """
8183         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8184
8185         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8186         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8187         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8188         """
8189         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8190
8191     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8192         """
8193         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8194
8195         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8196         """
8197         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8198
8199     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8200         """
8201         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8202
8203         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8204         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8205         effect.
8206         """
8207         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8208
8209     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8210         """
8211         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8212
8213         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8214          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8215          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8216          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8217          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8218          user's selected theme.
8219
8220         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8221         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8222         """
8223         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8224
8225     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8226         """
8227         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8228
8229         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8230         """
8231         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8232
8233     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8234         """
8235         SetFocus(self)
8236
8237         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8238         """
8239         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8240
8241     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8242         """
8243         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8244
8245         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8246         only called internally.
8247         """
8248         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8249
8250     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8251         """
8252         FindFocus() -> Window
8253
8254         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8255         or None.
8256         """
8257         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8258
8259     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8260     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8261         """
8262         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8263
8264         Can this window have focus?
8265         """
8266         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8267
8268     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8269         """
8270         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8271
8272         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8273         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8274         it.
8275         """
8276         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8277
8278     def GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8279         """
8280         GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window
8281
8282         Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated
8283         by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.
8284         """
8285         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8286
8287     def SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8288         """
8289         SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window
8290
8291         Set this child as default, return the old default.
8292         """
8293         return _core_.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8294
8295     def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8296         """
8297         SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win)
8298
8299         Set this child as temporary default
8300         """
8301         return _core_.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8302
8303     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8304         """
8305         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8306
8307         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8308         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8309         """
8310         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8311
8312     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8313         """
8314         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8315
8316         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8317         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8318         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8319
8320         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8321         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8322         windows.
8323
8324         """
8325         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8326
8327     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8328         """
8329         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8330
8331         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8332         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8333         """
8334         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8335
8336     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8337         """
8338         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8339
8340         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8341         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8342         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8343         do not change.
8344         """
8345         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8346
8347     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8348         """
8349         GetParent(self) -> Window
8350
8351         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8352         """
8353         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8354
8355     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8356         """
8357         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8358
8359         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8360         isn't one.
8361         """
8362         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8363
8364     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8365         """
8366         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8367
8368         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8369         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8370         if they have a parent window).
8371         """
8372         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8373
8374     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8375         """
8376         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8377
8378         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8379         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8380         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8381         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8382         oldParent)
8383         """
8384         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8385
8386     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8387         """
8388         AddChild(self, Window child)
8389
8390         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8391         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8392         """
8393         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8394
8395     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8396         """
8397         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8398
8399         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8400         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8401         programmer.
8402         """
8403         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8404
8405     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8406         """
8407         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8408
8409         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8410         """
8411         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8412
8413     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8414         """
8415         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8416
8417         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8418         """
8419         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8420
8421     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8422         """
8423         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8424
8425         Find a child of this window by name
8426         """
8427         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8428
8429     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8430         """
8431         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8432
8433         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8434         its own event handler.
8435         """
8436         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8437
8438     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8439         """
8440         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8441
8442         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8443         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8444         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8445         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8446         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8447
8448         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8449         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8450         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8451         """
8452         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8453
8454     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8455         """
8456         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8457
8458         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8459         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8460         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8461         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8462         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8463         window classes.
8464
8465         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8466         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8467         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8468         remove the event handler.
8469         """
8470         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8471
8472     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8473         """
8474         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8475
8476         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8477         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8478         destroyed after it is popped.
8479         """
8480         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8481
8482     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8483         """
8484         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8485
8486         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8487         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8488         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8489         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8490         there.)
8491         """
8492         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8493
8494     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8495         """
8496         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8497
8498         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8499         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8500         type.
8501         """
8502         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8503
8504     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8505         """
8506         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8507
8508         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8509         there is none.
8510         """
8511         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8512
8513     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8514         """
8515         Validate(self) -> bool
8516
8517         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8518         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8519         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8520         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8521         """
8522         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8523
8524     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8525         """
8526         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8527
8528         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8529         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8530         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8531         all child windows.
8532         """
8533         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8534
8535     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8536         """
8537         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8538
8539         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8540         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8541         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8542         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8543         """
8544         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8545
8546     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8547         """
8548         InitDialog(self)
8549
8550         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8551         to the dialog via validators.
8552         """
8553         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8554
8555     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8556         """
8557         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8558
8559         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8560         """
8561         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8562
8563     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8564         """
8565         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8566
8567         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8568         """
8569         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8570
8571     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8572         """
8573         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8574
8575         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8576         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8577         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8578         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8579         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8580         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8581         hotkey was registered successfully.
8582         """
8583         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8584
8585     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8586         """
8587         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8588
8589         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8590         """
8591         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8592
8593     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8594         """
8595         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8596
8597         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8598         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8599         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8600         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8601         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8602         then divided by 8.
8603         """
8604         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8605
8606     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8607         """
8608         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8609
8610         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8611         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8612         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8613         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8614         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8615         then divided by 8.
8616         """
8617         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8618
8619     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8620         """
8621         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8622
8623         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8624         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8625         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8626         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8627         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8628         then divided by 8.
8629         """
8630         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8631
8632     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8633         """
8634         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8635
8636         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8637         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8638         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8639         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8640         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8641         then divided by 8.
8642         """
8643         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8644
8645     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8646         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8647         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8648
8649     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8650         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8651         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8652
8653     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8654         """
8655         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8656
8657         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8658
8659         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8660         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8661         """
8662         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8663
8664     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8665         """
8666         CaptureMouse(self)
8667
8668         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8669         release the capture.
8670
8671         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8672         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8673         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8674         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8675         release the mouse as many times as you capture it.
8676         """
8677         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8678
8679     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8680         """
8681         ReleaseMouse(self)
8682
8683         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8684         """
8685         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8686
8687     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8688         """
8689         GetCapture() -> Window
8690
8691         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8692         """
8693         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8694
8695     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8696     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8697         """
8698         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8699
8700         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8701         """
8702         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8703
8704     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8705         """
8706         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8707
8708         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8709         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8710         to the window.
8711         """
8712         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8713
8714     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8715         """
8716         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8717
8718         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8719         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8720         """
8721         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8722
8723     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8724         """
8725         Update(self)
8726
8727         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8728         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8729         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8730         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8731         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8732         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8733         it) unconditionally.
8734         """
8735         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8736
8737     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8738         """
8739         ClearBackground(self)
8740
8741         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8742         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8743         """
8744         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8745
8746     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8747         """
8748         Freeze(self)
8749
8750         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8751         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8752         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8753         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8754         been undone.
8755
8756         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8757         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8758         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8759         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8760         mandatory directive.
8761         """
8762         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8763
8764     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8765         """
8766         Thaw(self)
8767
8768         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8769         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8770         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8771         """
8772         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8773
8774     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8775         """
8776         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8777
8778         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8779         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8780         scroll position.
8781         """
8782         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8783
8784     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8785         """
8786         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8787
8788         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8789         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8790         """
8791         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8792
8793     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8794         """
8795         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8796
8797         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8798         """
8799         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8800
8801     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8802         """
8803         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8804
8805         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8806         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8807         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8808         exposed.
8809         """
8810         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8811
8812     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8813         """
8814         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8815
8816         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8817         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8818         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8819         exposed.
8820         """
8821         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8822
8823     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8824         """
8825         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8826
8827         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8828         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8829         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8830         exposed.
8831         """
8832         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8833
8834     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8835         """
8836         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8837
8838         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8839         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8840         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8841         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
8842         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8843         """
8844         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8845
8846     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8847         """
8848         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
8849
8850         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
8851         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
8852         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
8853         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
8854         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8855
8856         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
8857         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
8858         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
8859         this.
8860         """
8861         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8862
8863     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
8864     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8865         """
8866         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8867
8868         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
8869         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
8870         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
8871         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
8872         to the default background colour.
8873
8874         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
8875         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
8876         calling this function.
8877
8878         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
8879         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
8880         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
8881         applications on the system.
8882         """
8883         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8884
8885     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8886         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8887         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8888
8889     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8890         """
8891         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8892
8893         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
8894         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
8895         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
8896         not be used at all.
8897         """
8898         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8899
8900     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8901         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8902         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8903
8904     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8905         """
8906         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
8907
8908         Returns the background colour of the window.
8909         """
8910         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8911
8912     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8913         """
8914         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
8915
8916         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
8917         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
8918         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
8919         """
8920         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8921
8922     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8923         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
8924         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8925
8926     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
8927         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
8928         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
8929
8930     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8931         """
8932         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
8933
8934         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
8935         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
8936
8937             ======================  ========================================
8938             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
8939                                     be determined by the system
8940             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
8941             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
8942                                     application.
8943             ======================  ========================================
8944
8945         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
8946         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
8947         no effect on other platforms.
8948
8949         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
8950         """
8951         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8952
8953     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8954         """
8955         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
8956
8957         Returns the background style of the window.
8958
8959         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
8960         """
8961         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8962
8963     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8964         """
8965         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
8966
8967         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
8968         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
8969         background.
8970
8971         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
8972         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
8973         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
8974         correctly.
8975         """
8976         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8977
8978     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8979         """
8980         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
8981
8982         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
8983         for the children of the window implicitly.
8984
8985         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
8986         be reset back to default.
8987         """
8988         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8989
8990     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8991         """
8992         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
8993
8994         Return the cursor associated with this window.
8995         """
8996         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8997
8998     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
8999         """
9000         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9001
9002         Sets the font for this window.
9003         """
9004         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9005
9006     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9007         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9008         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9009
9010     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9011         """
9012         GetFont(self) -> Font
9013
9014         Returns the default font used for this window.
9015         """
9016         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9017
9018     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9019         """
9020         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9021
9022         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9023         """
9024         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9025
9026     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9027         """
9028         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9029
9030         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9031         """
9032         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9033
9034     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9035         """
9036         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9037
9038         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9039         """
9040         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9041
9042     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9043         """
9044         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9045
9046         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9047         """
9048         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9049
9050     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9051         """
9052         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9053
9054         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9055         """
9056         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9057
9058     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9059         """
9060         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9061            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9062
9063         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9064         current or specified font.
9065         """
9066         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9067
9068     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9069         """
9070         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9071
9072         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9073         """
9074         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9075
9076     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9077         """
9078         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9079
9080         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9081         """
9082         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9083
9084     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9085         """
9086         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9087
9088         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9089         """
9090         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9091
9092     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9093         """
9094         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9095
9096         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9097         """
9098         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9099
9100     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9101         """
9102         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9103
9104         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9105         """
9106         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9107
9108     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9109         """
9110         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9111
9112         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9113         """
9114         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9115
9116     def GetBorder(*args):
9117         """
9118         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9119         GetBorder(self) -> int
9120
9121         Get border for the flags of this window
9122         """
9123         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9124
9125     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9126         """
9127         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9128
9129         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9130         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9131         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9132         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9133         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9134         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9135         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9136         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9137         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9138         in idle time.
9139         """
9140         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9141
9142     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9143         """
9144         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9145
9146         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9147         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9148         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9149         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9150         mouse cursor will be used.
9151         """
9152         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9153
9154     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9155         """
9156         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9157
9158         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9159         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9160         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9161         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9162         mouse cursor will be used.
9163         """
9164         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9165
9166     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9167         """
9168         GetHandle(self) -> long
9169
9170         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9171         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9172         toplevel parent of the window.
9173         """
9174         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9175
9176     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9177         """
9178         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9179
9180         Associate the window with a new native handle
9181         """
9182         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9183
9184     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9185         """
9186         DissociateHandle(self)
9187
9188         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9189         """
9190         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9191
9192     def OnPaint(*args, **kwargs):
9193         """OnPaint(self, PaintEvent event)"""
9194         return _core_.Window_OnPaint(*args, **kwargs)
9195
9196     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9197         """
9198         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9199
9200         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9201         """
9202         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9203
9204     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9205         """
9206         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9207             bool refresh=True)
9208
9209         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9210         """
9211         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9212
9213     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9214         """
9215         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9216
9217         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9218         """
9219         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9220
9221     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9222         """
9223         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9224
9225         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9226         """
9227         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9228
9229     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9230         """
9231         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9232
9233         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9234         """
9235         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9236
9237     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9238         """
9239         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9240
9241         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9242         """
9243         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9244
9245     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9246         """
9247         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9248
9249         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9250         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9251         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9252         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9253         """
9254         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9255
9256     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9257         """
9258         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9259
9260         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9261         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9262         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9263         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9264         """
9265         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9266
9267     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9268         """
9269         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9270
9271         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9272         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9273         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9274         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9275         """
9276         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9277
9278     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9279         """
9280         LineUp(self) -> bool
9281
9282         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9283         """
9284         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9285
9286     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9287         """
9288         LineDown(self) -> bool
9289
9290         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9291         """
9292         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9293
9294     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9295         """
9296         PageUp(self) -> bool
9297
9298         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9299         """
9300         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9301
9302     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9303         """
9304         PageDown(self) -> bool
9305
9306         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9307         """
9308         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9309
9310     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9311         """
9312         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9313
9314         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9315         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9316         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9317         """
9318         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9319
9320     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9321         """
9322         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9323
9324         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9325         one.
9326         """
9327         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9328
9329     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9330         """
9331         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
9332
9333         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
9334
9335         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
9336         and this method should return the global window help text then
9337
9338         """
9339         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9340
9341     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9342         """
9343         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9344
9345         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9346         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9347         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9348         """
9349         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9350
9351     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9352         """
9353         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9354
9355         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9356         """
9357         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9358
9359     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9360         """
9361         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9362
9363         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9364         """
9365         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9366
9367     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9368         """
9369         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9370
9371         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9372         """
9373         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9374
9375     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9376         """
9377         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9378
9379         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9380         a drop target, it is deleted.
9381         """
9382         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9383
9384     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9385         """
9386         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9387
9388         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9389         """
9390         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9391
9392     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9393         """
9394         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9395
9396         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9397         Only functional on Windows.
9398         """
9399         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9400
9401     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9402         """
9403         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9404
9405         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9406         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9407         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9408         constraints.
9409
9410         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9411         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9412         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9413         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9414         effect.
9415         """
9416         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9417
9418     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9419         """
9420         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9421
9422         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9423         are none.
9424         """
9425         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9426
9427     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9428         """
9429         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9430
9431         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9432         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9433         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9434         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9435
9436         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9437         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9438         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9439         """
9440         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9441
9442     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9443         """
9444         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9445
9446         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9447         """
9448         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9449
9450     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9451         """
9452         Layout(self) -> bool
9453
9454         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9455         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9456         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9457         handler when the window is resized.
9458         """
9459         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9460
9461     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9462         """
9463         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9464
9465         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9466         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9467         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9468         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9469         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9470         non-None, and False otherwise.
9471         """
9472         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9473
9474     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9475         """
9476         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9477
9478         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9479         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9480         """
9481         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9482
9483     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9484         """
9485         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9486
9487         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9488         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9489         """
9490         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9491
9492     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9493         """
9494         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9495
9496         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9497         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9498         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9499         """
9500         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9501
9502     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9503         """
9504         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9505
9506         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9507         """
9508         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9509
9510     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9511         """
9512         InheritAttributes(self)
9513
9514         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9515         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9516         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9517         colours.
9518
9519         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9520         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9521         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9522         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9523         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9524         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9525         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9526         no matter what and only the font might.
9527
9528         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9529         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9530         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9531         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9532         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9533         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9534         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9535         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9536         parents attributes.
9537
9538         """
9539         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9540
9541     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9542         """
9543         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9544
9545         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9546         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9547         from the parent window.
9548
9549         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9550         wxControl where it returns true.
9551         """
9552         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9553
9554     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9555         """
9556         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9557         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9558         """
9559         self.this = pre.this
9560         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9561         pre.thisown = 0
9562         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9563             self._setOORInfo(self)
9564         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9565             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9566
9567     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9568         self.GetEventhandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9569
9570 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
9571
9572 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9573     """
9574     PreWindow() -> Window
9575
9576     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9577     """
9578     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9579     return val
9580
9581 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9582   """
9583     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9584
9585     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9586     """
9587   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9588
9589 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9590   """
9591     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9592
9593     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9594     autogenerated) id
9595     """
9596   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9597
9598 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9599   """
9600     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9601
9602     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9603     autogenerated) id
9604     """
9605   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9606
9607 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9608   """
9609     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9610
9611     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9612     or None.
9613     """
9614   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9615
9616 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9617   """
9618     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9619
9620     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9621     """
9622   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9623
9624 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9625   """
9626     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9627
9628     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9629     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9630     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9631     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9632     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9633
9634     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9635     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9636     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9637     this.
9638     """
9639   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9640
9641 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9642     """
9643     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9644     dialog units to pixel units.
9645     """
9646     if y is None:
9647         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9648     else:
9649         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9650
9651 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9652     """
9653     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9654     dialog units to pixel units.
9655     """
9656     if height is None:
9657         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9658     else:
9659         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9660
9661
9662 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9663   """
9664     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9665
9666     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9667     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9668     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9669     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9670     """
9671   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9672
9673 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9674   """
9675     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9676
9677     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9678     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9679     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9680     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9681     cases.
9682
9683     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9684     """
9685   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9686
9687 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9688   """
9689     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9690
9691     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9692     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9693     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9694     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9695     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9696     """
9697   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9698
9699 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9700   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9701   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9702
9703 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9704   """
9705     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9706
9707     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9708     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9709     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9710     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9711
9712     """
9713   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9714 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9715
9716 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9717     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9718     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9719     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9720     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9721         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9722         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9723         self._setOORInfo(self)
9724
9725     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9726         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9727         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9728
9729     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9730         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9731         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9732
9733     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9734         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9735         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9736
9737     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9738         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9739         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9740
9741     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9742         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9743         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9744
9745     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9746         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9747         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9748
9749     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9750         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9751         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9752
9753     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9754     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9755         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9756         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9757
9758     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
9759 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
9760
9761 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
9762   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
9763   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
9764
9765 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9766   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9767   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9768
9769 class PyValidator(Validator):
9770     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
9771     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9772     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9773     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9774         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
9775         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
9776
9777         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
9778         self._setOORInfo(self)
9779
9780     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
9781         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
9782         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
9783
9784 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
9785
9786 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9787
9788 class Menu(EvtHandler):
9789     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
9790     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9791     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9792     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9793         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
9794         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
9795         self._setOORInfo(self)
9796
9797     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
9798         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9799         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
9800
9801     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9802         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9803         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9804
9805     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9806         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9807         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9808
9809     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9810         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9811         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9812
9813     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9814         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9815         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9816
9817     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9818         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9819         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9820
9821     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
9822         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9823         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
9824
9825     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
9826         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9827         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
9828
9829     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
9830         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9831         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
9832
9833     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
9834         """Break(self)"""
9835         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
9836
9837     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
9838         """
9839         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
9840             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
9841         """
9842         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
9843
9844     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9845         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
9846         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9847
9848     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9849         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9850         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9851
9852     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9853         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9854         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9855
9856     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9857         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9858         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9859
9860     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
9861         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9862         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
9863
9864     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9865         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9866         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9867
9868     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9869         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9870         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9871
9872     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9873         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9874         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9875
9876     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9877         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9878         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9879
9880     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
9881         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9882         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
9883
9884     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
9885         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9886         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
9887
9888     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
9889         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
9890         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
9891
9892     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
9893         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
9894         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
9895
9896     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
9897         """
9898         Destroy(self)
9899
9900         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9901         """
9902         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
9903         args[0].thisown = 0
9904         return val
9905
9906     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
9907         """
9908         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
9909
9910         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9911         """
9912         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
9913         args[0].thisown = 0
9914         return val
9915
9916     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
9917         """
9918         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
9919
9920         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9921         """
9922         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
9923         args[0].thisown = 0
9924         return val
9925
9926     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
9927         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
9928         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
9929
9930     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
9931         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
9932         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
9933
9934     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
9935         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
9936         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
9937
9938     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
9939         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9940         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
9941
9942     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
9943         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
9944         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
9945
9946     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
9947         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
9948         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
9949
9950     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9951         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
9952         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9953
9954     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
9955         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
9956         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
9957
9958     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
9959         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
9960         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
9961
9962     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9963         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
9964         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9965
9966     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9967         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
9968         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9969
9970     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9971         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
9972         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9973
9974     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9975         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
9976         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9977
9978     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9979         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
9980         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9981
9982     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9983         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
9984         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9985
9986     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9987         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
9988         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9989
9990     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9991         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
9992         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9993
9994     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9995         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
9996         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9997
9998     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9999         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10000         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10001
10002     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10003         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10004         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10005
10006     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10007         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10008         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10009
10010     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10011         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10012         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10013
10014     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10015         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10016         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10017
10018     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10019         """Detach(self)"""
10020         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10021
10022     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10023         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10024         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10025
10026     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10027         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10028         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10029
10030     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10031         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10032         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10033
10034 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10035 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10036
10037 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10038
10039 class MenuBar(Window):
10040     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10041     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10042     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10043     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10044         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10045         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10046         self._setOORInfo(self)
10047
10048     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10049         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10050         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10051
10052     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10053         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10054         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10055
10056     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10057         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10058         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10059
10060     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10061         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10062         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10063
10064     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10065         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10066         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10067
10068     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10069         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10070         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10071
10072     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10073         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10074         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10075
10076     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10077         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10078         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10079
10080     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10081         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10082         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10083
10084     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10085         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10086         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10087
10088     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10089         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10090         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10091
10092     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10093         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10094         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10095
10096     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10097         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10098         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10099
10100     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10101         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10102         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10103
10104     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10105         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10106         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10107
10108     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10109         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10110         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10111
10112     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10113         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10114         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10115
10116     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10117         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10118         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10119
10120     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10121         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10122         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10123
10124     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10125         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10126         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10127
10128     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10129         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10130         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10131
10132     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10133         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10134         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10135
10136     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10137         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10138         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10139
10140     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10141         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10142         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10143
10144     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10145         """Detach(self)"""
10146         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10147
10148     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10149         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10150         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10151
10152     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10153     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10154         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10155         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10156
10157     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10158 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10159
10160 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10161   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10162   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10163
10164 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10165   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10166   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10167
10168 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10169
10170 class MenuItem(Object):
10171     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10172     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10173     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10174     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10175         """
10176         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10177             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10178             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10179         """
10180         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10181     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10182     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10183     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10184         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10185         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10186
10187     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10188         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10189         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10190
10191     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10192         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10193         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10194
10195     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10196         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10197         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10198
10199     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10200         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10201         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10202
10203     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10204         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10205         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10206
10207     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10208         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10209         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10210
10211     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10212         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10213         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10214
10215     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10216         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10217         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10218
10219     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10220     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10221         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10222         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10223
10224     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10225         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10226         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10227
10228     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10229         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10230         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10231
10232     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10233         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10234         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10235
10236     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10237         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10238         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10239
10240     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10241         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10242         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10243
10244     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10245         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10246         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10247
10248     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10249         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10250         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10251
10252     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10253         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10254         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10255
10256     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10257         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10258         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10259
10260     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10261         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10262         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10263
10264     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10265         """Toggle(self)"""
10266         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10267
10268     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10269         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10270         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10271
10272     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10273         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10274         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10275
10276     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10277         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10278         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10279
10280     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10281         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10282         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10283
10284     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10285         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10286         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10287
10288     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10289         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10290         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10291
10292     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10293         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10294         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10295
10296     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10297         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10298         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10299
10300     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10301         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10302         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10303
10304     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10305         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10306         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10307
10308     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10309         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10310         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10311
10312     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10313         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10314         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10315
10316     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10317         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10318         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10319
10320     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10321         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10322         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10323
10324     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10325         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10326         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10327
10328     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10329         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10330         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10331
10332     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10333         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10334         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10335
10336     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10337         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10338         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10339
10340     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10341     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10342         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10343         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10344
10345     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10346         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10347         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10348
10349     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10350         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10351         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10352
10353 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10354
10355 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10356   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10357   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10358
10359 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10360   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10361   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10362
10363 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10364
10365 class Control(Window):
10366     """
10367     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10368
10369     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10370     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10371     """
10372     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10373     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10374     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10375         """
10376         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10377             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10378             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10379
10380         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10381         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10382         """
10383         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10384         self._setOORInfo(self)
10385
10386     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10387         """
10388         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10389             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10390             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10391
10392         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10393         """
10394         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10395
10396     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10397         """
10398         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10399
10400         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10401
10402         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10403
10404         """
10405         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10406
10407     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10408         """
10409         GetLabel(self) -> String
10410
10411         Return a control's text.
10412         """
10413         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10414
10415     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10416         """
10417         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10418
10419         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10420         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10421         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10422         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10423         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10424
10425         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10426         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10427         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10428         this.
10429         """
10430         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10431
10432     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10433 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
10434 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10435
10436 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10437     """
10438     PreControl() -> Control
10439
10440     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10441     """
10442     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10443     return val
10444
10445 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10446   """
10447     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10448
10449     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10450     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10451     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10452     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10453     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10454
10455     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10456     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10457     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10458     this.
10459     """
10460   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10461
10462 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10463
10464 class ItemContainer(object):
10465     """
10466     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10467     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10468     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10469     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10470     this one.
10471
10472     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10473     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10474     all conform to the same interface.
10475
10476     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10477     optionally, client data associated with them.
10478
10479     """
10480     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10481     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10482     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10483     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10484         """
10485         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10486
10487         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10488         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10489         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10490         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10491         """
10492         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10493
10494     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10495         """
10496         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10497
10498         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10499         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10500         need to add a lot of items.
10501         """
10502         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10503
10504     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10505         """
10506         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10507
10508         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10509         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10510         """
10511         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10512
10513     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10514         """
10515         Clear(self)
10516
10517         Removes all items from the control.
10518         """
10519         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10520
10521     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10522         """
10523         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
10524
10525         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10526         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10527         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10528         than the number of items in the control.
10529         """
10530         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10531
10532     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10533         """
10534         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
10535
10536         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10537         """
10538         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10539
10540     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10541         """
10542         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
10543
10544         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10545         """
10546         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10547
10548     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10549         """
10550         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
10551
10552         Returns the number of items in the control.
10553         """
10554         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10555
10556     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10557         """
10558         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10559
10560         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10561         """
10562         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10563
10564     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10565         """
10566         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
10567
10568         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10569         """
10570         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10571
10572     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10573         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10574         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10575
10576     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10577         """
10578         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
10579
10580         Sets the label for the given item.
10581         """
10582         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10583
10584     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10585         """
10586         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10587
10588         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10589         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10590         found.
10591         """
10592         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10593
10594     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10595         """
10596         SetSelection(self, int n)
10597
10598         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10599         """
10600         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10601
10602     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10603         """
10604         GetSelection(self) -> int
10605
10606         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10607         is selected.
10608         """
10609         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10610
10611     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10612         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10613         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10614
10615     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10616         """
10617         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10618
10619         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10620         is selected.
10621         """
10622         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10623
10624     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10625         """
10626         Select(self, int n)
10627
10628         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10629         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10630         """
10631         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10632
10633 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10634
10635 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10636
10637 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10638     """
10639     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10640     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10641     that have items.
10642     """
10643     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10644     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10645     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10646 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10647
10648 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10649
10650 class SizerItem(Object):
10651     """
10652     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10653     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
10654     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
10655     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
10656     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
10657     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
10658     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
10659     layout.
10660
10661     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10662     """
10663     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10664     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10665     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10666         """
10667         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10668
10669         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10670         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10671
10672         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10673         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10674         methods are called.
10675
10676         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10677         """
10678         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10679     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10680     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10681     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10682         """
10683         DeleteWindows(self)
10684
10685         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10686         of item.
10687         """
10688         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10689
10690     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10691         """
10692         DetachSizer(self)
10693
10694         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10695         """
10696         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10697
10698     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10699         """
10700         GetSize(self) -> Size
10701
10702         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10703         """
10704         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10705
10706     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10707         """
10708         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10709
10710         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10711         needed by borders.
10712         """
10713         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10714
10715     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10716         """
10717         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10718
10719         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10720         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10721         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10722         account.
10723         """
10724         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10725
10726     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10727         """
10728         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10729
10730         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10731         """
10732         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10733
10734     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10735         """
10736         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
10737
10738         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
10739         added, if needed.
10740         """
10741         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10742
10743     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
10744         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
10745         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
10746
10747     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
10748         """
10749         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
10750
10751         Set the ratio item attribute.
10752         """
10753         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
10754
10755     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
10756         """
10757         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
10758
10759         Set the ratio item attribute.
10760         """
10761         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
10762
10763     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10764         """
10765         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
10766
10767         Set the ratio item attribute.
10768         """
10769         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10770
10771     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10772         """
10773         GetRatio(self) -> float
10774
10775         Set the ratio item attribute.
10776         """
10777         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10778
10779     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
10780         """
10781         GetRect(self) -> Rect
10782
10783         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
10784         """
10785         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
10786
10787     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10788         """
10789         IsWindow(self) -> bool
10790
10791         Is this sizer item a window?
10792         """
10793         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10794
10795     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10796         """
10797         IsSizer(self) -> bool
10798
10799         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
10800         """
10801         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10802
10803     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10804         """
10805         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
10806
10807         Is this sizer item a spacer?
10808         """
10809         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10810
10811     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10812         """
10813         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
10814
10815         Set the proportion value for this item.
10816         """
10817         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10818
10819     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10820         """
10821         GetProportion(self) -> int
10822
10823         Get the proportion value for this item.
10824         """
10825         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10826
10827     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
10828     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
10829     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10830         """
10831         SetFlag(self, int flag)
10832
10833         Set the flag value for this item.
10834         """
10835         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10836
10837     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10838         """
10839         GetFlag(self) -> int
10840
10841         Get the flag value for this item.
10842         """
10843         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10844
10845     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10846         """
10847         SetBorder(self, int border)
10848
10849         Set the border value for this item.
10850         """
10851         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10852
10853     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10854         """
10855         GetBorder(self) -> int
10856
10857         Get the border value for this item.
10858         """
10859         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10860
10861     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10862         """
10863         GetWindow(self) -> Window
10864
10865         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10866         """
10867         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10868
10869     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10870         """
10871         SetWindow(self, Window window)
10872
10873         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
10874         """
10875         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10876
10877     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10878         """
10879         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10880
10881         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10882         """
10883         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10884
10885     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10886         """
10887         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10888
10889         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
10890         """
10891         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10892
10893     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10894         """
10895         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
10896
10897         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
10898         """
10899         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10900
10901     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10902         """
10903         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
10904
10905         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
10906         """
10907         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10908
10909     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
10910         """
10911         Show(self, bool show)
10912
10913         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
10914         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
10915         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
10916         """
10917         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
10918
10919     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
10920         """
10921         IsShown(self) -> bool
10922
10923         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
10924         """
10925         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
10926
10927     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10928         """
10929         GetPosition(self) -> Point
10930
10931         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10932         """
10933         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10934
10935     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10936         """
10937         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
10938
10939         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
10940         isn't any.
10941         """
10942         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10943
10944     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10945         """
10946         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
10947
10948         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
10949         """
10950         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10951
10952 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
10953
10954 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10955     """
10956     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10957         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10958
10959     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
10960     """
10961     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10962     return val
10963
10964 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10965     """
10966     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10967         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10968
10969     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
10970     """
10971     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10972     return val
10973
10974 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10975     """
10976     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10977         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10978
10979     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
10980     """
10981     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10982     return val
10983
10984 class Sizer(Object):
10985     """
10986     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
10987     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
10988     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
10989     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`,  `wx.FlexGridSizer`
10990     and `wx.GridBagSizer`.
10991
10992     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
10993     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
10994     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
10995     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
10996     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
10997     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
10998     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
10999     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11000     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11001     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11002     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11003     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11004     compared to a real window on screen.
11005
11006     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11007     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11008     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11009     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11010     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11011     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11012     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11013     """
11014     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11015     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11016     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11017     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11018     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11019     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11020         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11021         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11022
11023     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11024         """
11025         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11026             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11027
11028         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11029         """
11030         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11031
11032     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11033         """
11034         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11035             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11036
11037         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11038         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11039         """
11040         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11041
11042     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11043         """
11044         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11045             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11046
11047         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11048         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11049         """
11050         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11051
11052     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11053         """
11054         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11055
11056         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11057         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11058         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11059         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11060         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11061         and removed.
11062         """
11063         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11064
11065     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11066         """
11067         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11068
11069         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11070         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11071         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11072         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11073         was found and detached.
11074         """
11075         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11076
11077     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11078         """
11079         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11080
11081         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11082         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11083         the item to be found.
11084         """
11085         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11086
11087     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11088         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11089         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11090
11091     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11092         """
11093         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11094
11095         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11096         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11097         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11098         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11099         """
11100         if len(args) == 2:
11101             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11102             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11103         else:
11104             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11105
11106     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11107         """
11108         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11109
11110         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11111         """
11112         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11113
11114     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11115         """
11116         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11117
11118         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11119         """
11120         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11121
11122     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11123         """
11124         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11125
11126         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11127         """
11128         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11129
11130     def AddMany(self, items):
11131         """
11132         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11133         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11134         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11135         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11136         """
11137         for item in items:
11138             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11139                 item = (item, )
11140             self.Add(*item)
11141
11142     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11143     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11144         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11145         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11146     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11147         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11148         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11149     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11150         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11151         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11152
11153     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11154         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11155         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11156     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11157         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11158         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11159     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11160         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11161         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11162
11163     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11164         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11165         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11166     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11167         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11168         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11169     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11170         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11171         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11172
11173     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11174         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11175         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11176     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11177         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11178         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11179     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11180         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11181         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11182
11183
11184     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11185         """
11186         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11187
11188         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11189         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11190         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11191         methods.
11192         """
11193         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11194
11195     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11196         """
11197         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11198
11199         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11200         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11201         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11202         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11203         here, depending on which is bigger.
11204         """
11205         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11206
11207     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11208         """
11209         GetSize(self) -> Size
11210
11211         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11212         """
11213         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11214
11215     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11216         """
11217         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11218
11219         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11220         """
11221         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11222
11223     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11224         """
11225         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11226
11227         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11228         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11229         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11230         """
11231         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11232
11233     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11234         return self.GetSize().Get()
11235     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11236         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11237     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11238         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11239
11240     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11241         """
11242         RecalcSizes(self)
11243
11244         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11245         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11246         it is called by `Layout`.
11247         """
11248         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11249
11250     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11251         """
11252         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11253
11254         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11255         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11256         it is called by `Layout`.
11257         """
11258         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11259
11260     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11261         """
11262         Layout(self)
11263
11264         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11265         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11266         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11267         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11268         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11269         removed.
11270         """
11271         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11272
11273     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11274         """
11275         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11276
11277         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11278         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11279         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11280         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11281
11282         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11283         """
11284         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11285
11286     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11287         """
11288         FitInside(self, Window window)
11289
11290         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11291         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11292         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11293         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11294
11295         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11296
11297         """
11298         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11299
11300     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11301         """
11302         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11303
11304         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11305         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11306         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11307         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11308         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11309         required by the sizer.
11310         """
11311         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11312
11313     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11314         """
11315         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11316
11317         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11318         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11319         this will set them appropriately.
11320
11321         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11322
11323         """
11324         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11325
11326     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11327         """
11328         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11329
11330         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11331         as well.
11332         """
11333         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11334
11335     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11336         """
11337         DeleteWindows(self)
11338
11339         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11340         """
11341         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11342
11343     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11344         """
11345         GetChildren(self) -> list
11346
11347         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11348         """
11349         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11350
11351     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11352         """
11353         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11354
11355         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11356         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11357         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11358         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11359         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11360         """
11361         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11362
11363     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11364         """
11365         IsShown(self, item)
11366
11367         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11368         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11369         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11370         the item.
11371         """
11372         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11373
11374     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11375         """
11376         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11377         """
11378         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11379
11380     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11381         """
11382         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11383
11384         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11385         """
11386         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11387
11388 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11389
11390 class PySizer(Sizer):
11391     """
11392     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11393     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11394     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11395     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11396     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11397     For example::
11398
11399         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11400              def __init__(self):
11401                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11402
11403              def CalcMin(self):
11404                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11405                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11406                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11407                       # layout algorithm.
11408                       ...
11409                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11410
11411               def RecalcSizes(self):
11412                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11413                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11414                   size = self.GetSize()
11415                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11416                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11417                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11418                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11419                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11420                       ...
11421                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11422
11423
11424     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11425     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11426     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11427
11428     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11429
11430
11431     """
11432     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11433     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11434     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11435         """
11436         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11437
11438         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11439         class.
11440         """
11441         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11442         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11443
11444     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11445         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11446         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11447
11448 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11449
11450 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11451
11452 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11453     """
11454     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11455     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11456     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11457     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11458     parameter passed to the constructor.
11459     """
11460     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11461     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11462     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11463         """
11464         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11465
11466         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11467         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11468         sizer.
11469         """
11470         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11471         self._setOORInfo(self)
11472
11473     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11474         """
11475         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11476
11477         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11478         """
11479         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11480
11481     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11482         """
11483         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11484
11485         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11486         """
11487         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11488
11489 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11490
11491 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11492
11493 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11494     """
11495     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11496     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11497     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11498     passed to the sizer constructor.
11499     """
11500     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11501     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11502     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11503         """
11504         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11505
11506         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11507         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11508         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11509         """
11510         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11511         self._setOORInfo(self)
11512
11513     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11514         """
11515         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11516
11517         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11518         """
11519         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11520
11521 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11522
11523 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11524
11525 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11526     """
11527     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11528     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11529     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11530     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11531     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11532     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11533
11534     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11535     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11536     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11537     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11538     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11539     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11540
11541     """
11542     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11543     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11544     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11545         """
11546         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11547
11548         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11549         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11550         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11551         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11552         define extra space between all children.
11553         """
11554         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11555         self._setOORInfo(self)
11556
11557     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11558         """
11559         SetCols(self, int cols)
11560
11561         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11562         """
11563         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11564
11565     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11566         """
11567         SetRows(self, int rows)
11568
11569         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11570         """
11571         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11572
11573     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11574         """
11575         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11576
11577         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11578         """
11579         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11580
11581     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11582         """
11583         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11584
11585         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11586         """
11587         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11588
11589     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11590         """
11591         GetCols(self) -> int
11592
11593         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11594         """
11595         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11596
11597     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11598         """
11599         GetRows(self) -> int
11600
11601         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11602         """
11603         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11604
11605     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11606         """
11607         GetVGap(self) -> int
11608
11609         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11610         """
11611         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11612
11613     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11614         """
11615         GetHGap(self) -> int
11616
11617         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11618         """
11619         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11620
11621     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11622         """
11623         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11624
11625         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11626         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11627         in the constructor.
11628         """
11629         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11630         rows = self.GetRows()
11631         cols = self.GetCols()
11632         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11633         if cols != 0:
11634             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11635         elif rows != 0:
11636             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11637         return (rows, cols)
11638
11639 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11640
11641 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11642
11643 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11644 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11645 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11646 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11647     """
11648     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11649     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11650     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11651     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11652     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11653
11654     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11655     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11656     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11657     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11658     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11659     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11660
11661
11662     """
11663     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11664     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11665     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11666         """
11667         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11668
11669         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11670         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11671         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11672         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11673         define extra space between all children.
11674         """
11675         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11676         self._setOORInfo(self)
11677
11678     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11679         """
11680         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11681
11682         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11683         is extra space available to the sizer.
11684
11685         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11686         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11687         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11688         """
11689         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11690
11691     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11692         """
11693         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11694
11695         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11696         """
11697         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11698
11699     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11700         """
11701         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11702
11703         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11704         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11705
11706         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11707         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11708         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11709         """
11710         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11711
11712     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11713         """
11714         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11715
11716         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11717         """
11718         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11719
11720     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11721         """
11722         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11723
11724         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11725         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11726         other value is ignored.
11727
11728             ==============    =======================================
11729             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11730             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11731             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11732                               (this is the default value).
11733             ==============    =======================================
11734
11735         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11736
11737         """
11738         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11739
11740     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11741         """
11742         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
11743
11744         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
11745         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
11746
11747         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
11748         """
11749         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11750
11751     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11752         """
11753         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
11754
11755         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
11756         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
11757         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
11758
11759             ==========================  =================================================
11760             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
11761             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
11762                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
11763                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
11764                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
11765             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
11766                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
11767                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
11768             ==========================  =================================================
11769
11770         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11771
11772
11773         """
11774         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11775
11776     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11777         """
11778         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
11779
11780         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
11781         non-flexible direction if there is one.
11782
11783         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
11784         """
11785         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11786
11787     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
11788         """
11789         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
11790
11791         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
11792         rows in the sizer.
11793         """
11794         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
11795
11796     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
11797         """
11798         GetColWidths(self) -> list
11799
11800         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
11801         columns in the sizer.
11802         """
11803         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
11804
11805 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
11806
11807 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
11808     """
11809     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
11810     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
11811     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
11812     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
11813     will take care of the rest.
11814
11815     """
11816     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11817     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11818     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11819         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
11820         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11821     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
11822         """
11823         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
11824
11825         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
11826         method in the base class.
11827         """
11828         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
11829
11830     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
11831         """
11832         Realize(self)
11833
11834         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
11835         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
11836         specifc manner.
11837         """
11838         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
11839
11840     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11841         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11842         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11843
11844     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11845         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11846         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11847
11848     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11849         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11850         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11851
11852     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11853         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11854         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11855
11856     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
11857         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11858         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
11859
11860     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11861         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11862         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11863
11864     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11865         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11866         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11867
11868     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
11869         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11870         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
11871
11872 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
11873
11874 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11875
11876 class GBPosition(object):
11877     """
11878     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11879     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11880     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11881     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11882     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11883     """
11884     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11885     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11886     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11887         """
11888         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
11889
11890         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11891         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11892         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11893         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11894         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11895         """
11896         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
11897     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
11898     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11899     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11900         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
11901         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11902
11903     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11904         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
11905         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11906
11907     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11908         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
11909         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11910
11911     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11912         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
11913         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11914
11915     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11916         """
11917         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11918
11919         Compare GBPosition for equality.
11920         """
11921         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11922
11923     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11924         """
11925         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11926
11927         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
11928         """
11929         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11930
11931     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11932         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
11933         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11934
11935     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11936         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11937         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11938
11939     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11940     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11941     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
11942     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
11943     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
11944     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
11945         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
11946         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
11947         else: raise IndexError
11948     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
11949     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
11950     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
11951
11952     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
11953     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
11954
11955 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
11956
11957 class GBSpan(object):
11958     """
11959     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
11960     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
11961     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
11962     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
11963     nearly transparently in Python code.
11964
11965     """
11966     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11967     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11968     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11969         """
11970         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
11971
11972         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
11973         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
11974         cell in each direction.
11975         """
11976         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
11977     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
11978     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11979     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11980         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
11981         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11982
11983     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11984         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
11985         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11986
11987     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11988         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
11989         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11990
11991     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11992         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
11993         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11994
11995     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11996         """
11997         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11998
11999         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12000         """
12001         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12002
12003     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12004         """
12005         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12006
12007         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12008         """
12009         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12010
12011     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12012         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12013         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12014
12015     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12016         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12017         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12018
12019     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12020     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12021     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12022     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12023     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12024     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12025         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12026         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12027         else: raise IndexError
12028     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12029     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12030     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12031
12032     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12033     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12034
12035 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12036
12037 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12038     """
12039     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12040     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12041     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12042
12043     """
12044     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12045     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12046     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12047         """
12048         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12049
12050         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12051         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12052         item can be used in a Sizer.
12053
12054         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12055         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12056         """
12057         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12058     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12059     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12060     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12061         """
12062         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12063
12064         Get the grid position of the item
12065         """
12066         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12067
12068     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12069     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12070         """
12071         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12072
12073         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12074         """
12075         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12076
12077     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12078     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12079         """
12080         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12081
12082         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12083         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12084         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12085         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12086         """
12087         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12088
12089     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12090         """
12091         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12092
12093         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12094         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12095         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12096         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12097
12098         """
12099         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12100
12101     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12102         """
12103         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12104
12105         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12106         """
12107         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12108
12109     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12110         """
12111         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12112
12113         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12114         """
12115         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12116
12117     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12118         """
12119         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12120
12121         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12122         """
12123         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12124
12125     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12126         """
12127         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12128
12129         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12130         """
12131         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12132
12133     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12134         """
12135         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12136
12137         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12138         """
12139         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12140
12141 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12142 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12143
12144 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12145     """
12146     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12147         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12148
12149     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12150     """
12151     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12152     return val
12153
12154 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12155     """
12156     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12157         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12158
12159     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12160     """
12161     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12162     return val
12163
12164 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12165     """
12166     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12167         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12168
12169     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12170     """
12171     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12172     return val
12173
12174 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12175     """
12176     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12177     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12178     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12179     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12180     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12181     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12182
12183     """
12184     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12185     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12186     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12187         """
12188         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12189
12190         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12191         rows and columns.
12192         """
12193         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12194         self._setOORInfo(self)
12195
12196     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12197         """
12198         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12199         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12200
12201         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12202         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12203         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12204
12205         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12206         position, False if something was already there.
12207
12208         """
12209         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12210
12211     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12212         """
12213         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12214
12215         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12216         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12217         something was already there.
12218         """
12219         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12220
12221     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12222         """
12223         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12224
12225         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12226         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12227         """
12228         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12229
12230     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12231         """
12232         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12233
12234         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12235         """
12236         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12237
12238     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12239         """
12240         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12241
12242         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12243         """
12244         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12245
12246     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12247         """
12248         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12249
12250         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12251         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12252         index of an item.
12253         """
12254         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12255
12256     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12257         """
12258         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12259
12260         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12261         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12262         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12263         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12264
12265         """
12266         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12267
12268     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12269         """
12270         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12271
12272         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12273         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12274         zero-based index of an item.
12275         """
12276         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12277
12278     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12279         """
12280         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12281
12282         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12283         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12284         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12285         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12286         """
12287         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12288
12289     def FindItem(*args):
12290         """
12291         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12292
12293         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12294         not found. (non-recursive)
12295         """
12296         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12297
12298     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12299         """
12300         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12301
12302         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12303         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12304         """
12305         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12306
12307     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12308         """
12309         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12310
12311         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12312         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12313         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12314         layout. (non-recursive)
12315         """
12316         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12317
12318     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12319         """
12320         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12321
12322         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12323         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12324         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12325         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12326         position of.
12327
12328         """
12329         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12330
12331     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12332         """
12333         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12334
12335         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12336         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12337         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12338         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12339         position of.
12340         """
12341         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12342
12343 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12344
12345 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12346
12347 Left = _core_.Left
12348 Top = _core_.Top
12349 Right = _core_.Right
12350 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12351 Width = _core_.Width
12352 Height = _core_.Height
12353 Centre = _core_.Centre
12354 Center = _core_.Center
12355 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12356 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12357 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12358 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12359 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12360 Above = _core_.Above
12361 Below = _core_.Below
12362 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12363 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12364 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12365 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12366 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12367     """
12368     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12369     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12370     You will never need to create an instance of
12371     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12372     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12373     that it contains.
12374     """
12375     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12376     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12377     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12378     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12379         """
12380         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12381
12382         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12383         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12384         """
12385         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12386
12387     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12388         """
12389         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12390
12391         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12392         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12393         other window.
12394         """
12395         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12396
12397     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12398         """
12399         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12400
12401         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12402         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12403         other window.
12404         """
12405         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12406
12407     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12408         """
12409         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12410
12411         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12412         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12413         window.
12414         """
12415         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12416
12417     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12418         """
12419         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12420
12421         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12422         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12423         window.
12424         """
12425         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12426
12427     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12428         """
12429         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12430
12431         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12432         given window, with an optional margin.
12433         """
12434         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12435
12436     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12437         """
12438         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12439
12440         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12441         window, with an optional margin.
12442         """
12443         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12444
12445     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12446         """
12447         Absolute(self, int val)
12448
12449         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12450         """
12451         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12452
12453     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12454         """
12455         Unconstrained(self)
12456
12457         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12458         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12459         """
12460         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12461
12462     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12463         """
12464         AsIs(self)
12465
12466         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12467         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12468         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12469         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12470         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12471         button label.
12472         """
12473         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12474
12475     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12476         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12477         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12478
12479     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12480         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12481         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12482
12483     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12484         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12485         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12486
12487     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12488         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12489         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12490
12491     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12492         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12493         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12494
12495     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12496         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12497         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12498
12499     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12500         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12501         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12502
12503     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12504         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12505         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12506
12507     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12508         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12509         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12510
12511     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12512         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12513         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12514
12515     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12516         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12517         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12518
12519     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12520         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12521         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12522
12523     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12524         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12525         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12526
12527     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12528         """
12529         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12530
12531         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12532         """
12533         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12534
12535     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12536         """
12537         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12538
12539         Try to satisfy constraint
12540         """
12541         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12542
12543     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12544         """
12545         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12546
12547         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12548         is not determinable, -1.
12549         """
12550         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12551
12552 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12553
12554 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12555     """
12556     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12557     instead.
12558
12559     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12560     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12561
12562     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12563     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12564     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12565
12566         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12567         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12568         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12569         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12570         * width: represents the width of the window
12571         * height: represents the height of the window
12572         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12573         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12574
12575     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12576     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12577     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12578     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12579     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12580     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12581     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12582
12583     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12584
12585     """
12586     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12587     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12588     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12589     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12590     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12591     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12592     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12593     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12594     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12595     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12596     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12597         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12598         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12599     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12600     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12601     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12602         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12603         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12604
12605     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12606         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12607         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12608
12609 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12610
12611 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12612
12613 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12614 try:
12615     True
12616 except NameError:
12617     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12618     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12619     def bool(value): return not not value
12620     __builtins__.bool = bool
12621
12622
12623
12624 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12625 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12626 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12627 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12628
12629
12630 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12631 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12632 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12633
12634 from __version__ import *
12635 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12636
12637 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12638 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12639 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12640     import warnings
12641     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12642
12643 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12644
12645 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12646 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12647 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12648 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12649 #
12650 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12651 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12652 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12653 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12654 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12655 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12656
12657 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12658 if default == 'ascii':
12659     import locale
12660     import codecs
12661     try:
12662         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12663         codecs.lookup(default)
12664     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12665         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12666     del locale
12667     del codecs
12668 if default:
12669     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12670 del default
12671
12672 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12673
12674 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12675     pass
12676
12677 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12678     """
12679     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12680     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12681     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12682     """
12683     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12684     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12685
12686     def __repr__(self):
12687         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12688             self._name = "[unknown]"
12689         return self.reprStr % self._name
12690
12691     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12692         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12693             self._name = "[unknown]"
12694         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12695
12696     def __nonzero__(self):
12697         return 0
12698
12699
12700
12701 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12702     pass
12703
12704 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12705     """
12706     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12707     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12708     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12709     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12710     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12711     is ready.
12712     """
12713
12714     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12715     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12716
12717     def __repr__(self):
12718         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12719         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12720         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12721
12722     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12723         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12724         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12725         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12726
12727     def __nonzero__(self):
12728         return 0
12729
12730
12731 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12732
12733 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
12734     """
12735     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
12736     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
12737     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
12738     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
12739
12740     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
12741     """
12742     app = wx.GetApp()
12743     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
12744
12745     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
12746         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
12747         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
12748                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
12749     evt = wx.PyEvent()
12750     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
12751     evt.callable = callable
12752     evt.args = args
12753     evt.kw = kw
12754     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
12755
12756 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12757
12758
12759 class FutureCall:
12760     """
12761     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
12762     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
12763     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
12764     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
12765
12766     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
12767     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
12768     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
12769     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
12770     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
12771     object.
12772
12773     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
12774     """
12775     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
12776         self.millis = millis
12777         self.callable = callable
12778         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12779         self.runCount = 0
12780         self.running = False
12781         self.hasRun = False
12782         self.result = None
12783         self.timer = None
12784         self.Start()
12785
12786     def __del__(self):
12787         self.Stop()
12788
12789
12790     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
12791         """
12792         (Re)start the timer
12793         """
12794         self.hasRun = False
12795         if millis is not None:
12796             self.millis = millis
12797         if args or kwargs:
12798             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12799         self.Stop()
12800         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
12801         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
12802         self.running = True
12803     Restart = Start
12804
12805
12806     def Stop(self):
12807         """
12808         Stop and destroy the timer.
12809         """
12810         if self.timer is not None:
12811             self.timer.Stop()
12812             self.timer = None
12813
12814
12815     def GetInterval(self):
12816         if self.timer is not None:
12817             return self.timer.GetInterval()
12818         else:
12819             return 0
12820
12821
12822     def IsRunning(self):
12823         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
12824
12825
12826     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
12827         """
12828         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
12829         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
12830         new call to the same callable object but with different
12831         parameters.
12832         """
12833         self.args = args
12834         self.kwargs = kwargs
12835
12836
12837     def HasRun(self):
12838         return self.hasRun
12839
12840     def GetResult(self):
12841         return self.result
12842
12843     def Notify(self):
12844         """
12845         The timer has expired so call the callable.
12846         """
12847         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
12848             self.runCount += 1
12849             self.running = False
12850             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
12851         self.hasRun = True
12852         if not self.running:
12853             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
12854             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
12855
12856
12857
12858 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12859 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
12860 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
12861 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
12862 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
12863 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
12864 # where they should be used.
12865
12866 class __DocFilter:
12867     """
12868     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
12869     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
12870     """
12871     def __init__(self, globals):
12872         self._globals = globals
12873
12874     def __call__(self, name):
12875         import types
12876         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
12877         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
12878             return False
12879         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
12880             return False
12881         return True
12882
12883 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12884 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12885
12886 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
12887 # "core" wx namespace
12888 from _gdi import *
12889 from _windows import *
12890 from _controls import *
12891 from _misc import *
12892
12893 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12894 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12895
12896
12897